FOREWORD - V6 Mr2 ES300 1993 Workshop Manual...1 FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been...

1

FOREWORD

This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provideinformation on the electrical system of the 1993 LEXUS ES300.

Applicable models: VCV 10 Series

For service specifications and repair procedures of the abovemodels other than those listed in this manual, refer to thefollowing manuals;

Manual Name Pub. No.

1992 LEXUS ES300Repair ManualVolume 1Volume 2

1993 LEXUS New Car Features

RM223U1RM223U2NCF089U

All information in this manual is based on the latest productinformation at the time of publication. However, specificationsand procedures are subject to change without notice.

TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repairmanuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraintsystem malfunction.

NOTICE

2

INTRODUCTION

This manual consists of the following 11 sections:

No. Section Description

A

INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.

A

INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.

B HOW TO USETHIS MANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.

C TROUBLE–SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING

Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.

H POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart)

Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.

INDEX Index of the system circuits.

I

SYSTEM CIRCUITS

Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to thesection, “How to use this manual”).The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are alsocontained in this section.

J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all the parts described in this manual.

K OVERALLWIRING DIAGRAM Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

3

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into a circuit for each system.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power sourceis received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shownwith the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit wherethe problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplyingpower to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see GroundPoints section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuitto isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to findeach part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiringharness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internalwiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connectionwithin a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagramat the end of this manual.

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is differentto the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

4


A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

5

B

: System Title

: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and onlythe Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from theJ/B.

Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.

: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (thenumeral indicates the pin No.)

Explanation of pin use.

The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or onlyinclude those in the specification.

: Connector Color

Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.

: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, orspecification is different.

: Indicates related system.

: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).

Outside numerals are pin numbers.

The first letter of the code for each wiring harness andwiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’slocation, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for theInstrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for theBody and Surrounding area.

When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),this indicates the same type of wiring harness andwiring harness connector.

: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). Thecode is the same as the code used in parts position.

: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.and the connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from otherparts (different junction blocks are shaded differently forfurther clarification).

3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.

Example:

: Indicates the wiring color.

Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.

B = Black L = Blue R = Red

BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet

G = Green O = Orange W = White

GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.Example: L – Y

(Blue) (Yellow)

: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for theEngine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” forthe Body).

Example:

The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.

: Page No.

: Indicates a shielded cable.

: Indicates a ground point.

The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for theEngine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and “B” for the Body andSurrounding area.

: Indicates the pin number of the connector.

The numbering system is different for female and maleconnectors.

Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right

Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left

: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, theparts connector name used in the wire routing sectionis shown in square brackets [ ].

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

6


WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROLRELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.

1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOWCONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILLPOINT.

(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.

THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.

3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOWSTOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION

HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTORIS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.

SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.

(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).

P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY

3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION

8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION

9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION

P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

WINDOW LOCK SW

OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

P2 21 P4 21 P6 21

P3 21 P5 21

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

1 16 R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

3B 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION

IC 24 COWL LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I 5 24 COWL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5)in this manual include a short terminal whichis connected to a number of wire harnesses.Always perform inspection with the shortterminal installed. (When installing the wireharnesses, the harnesses can be connectedto any position within the short terminalgrouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, thesame wire harness form a different part.)Wire harness sharing the same short terminalgrouping have the same color.

HINT

7

: Explains the system outline.

: Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.

Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.

* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its orderin parts starting with the letter.

Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW

Example: P 4

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in thesystem circuit.

Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of theinstrument panel.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.

Example: Connector “3B” connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.

: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the femalewiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).

Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is describedon page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.

Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.

: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.

Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, CircuitBreaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

POWER SOURCE

8


The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system areexplained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

GROUND POINT

9

The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify theproblem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also bechecked this way.

10

TROUBLESHOOTING

VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the

check point.

Example:– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)

(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a goodground point or negative battery terminal, and thepositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of avoltmeter.

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no

voltage between the check points.(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the

check points.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.

(c) Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.

11

FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the

fuse.(b) Connect a test bulb in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test bulb comes on.Example:

– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the

Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while

watching the test bulb.The short lies between the connector where the testbulb stays lit and the connector where the bulb goesout.

(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shakingthe problem wire along the body.

CAUTION(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless

absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)

(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) ofthe digital meter, be careful that no part of your body orclothing comes in contact with the terminals of leadsfrom the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.

12

TROUBLESHOOTING

HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary lockingdevice)1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL

HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shownon the left.

2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE ORTERMINAL RETAINER.(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the

terminal locking clip can be released and the terminalremoved from the connector.

(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock thesecondary locking device or terminal retainer.

NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connectorbody.

For Non–Waterproof Type ConnectorHINT: The needle insertion position varies according

to the connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.

“Case 1”Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.

“Case 2”Open the secondary locking device.

13

For Waterproof Type ConnectorHINT: Terminal retainer color is different

according to connector body.Example:Terminal Retainer: Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black

“Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulled upto the temporary lock position (Pull Type).Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole ( Mark) and pull theterminal retainer up to the temporary lockposition.

HINT: The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(Number of terminals, etc.), so check theposition before inserting it.

“Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock

14

TROUBLESHOOTING

Insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminalretainer as shown.Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lockposition.

(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull theterminal out from rear.

4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR(a) Insert the terminal.HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the

temporary lock position.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainerin to the full lock position.

5. CONNECT CONNECTOR

15

ABBREVIATIONS

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used in this manual.

A/C = Air ConditioningABS = Anti–Lock Brake SystemA/T = Automatic TransmissionCB = Circuit BreakerCOMB. = CombinationECU = Electronic Control UnitEFI = Electronic Fuel InjectionEGR = Exhaust Gas RecirculationEx. = ExceptFL = Fusible LinkJ/B = Junction BlockLH = Left-HandM/T = Manual TransmissionO/D = OverdriveR/B = Relay BlockRH = Right–HandSRS = Supplemental Restraint SystemSW = SwitchTDCL = Total Diagnostic Communication LinkTEMP. = TemperatureVSV = Vacuum Switching ValveW/ = WithW/O = Without

* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treatedas being abbreviations.

METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.

IGNITION COILConverts low–voltage DC currentinto high–voltage ignition currentfor firing the spark plugs.

1. SINGLEFILAMENT

GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.

Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either asingle (1) filament or a double (2)filament.

BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.

CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.

CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it. Someunits automatically reset when cool,others must be manually reset.

DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.

DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flowin one direction but blocks reverseflow only up to a specific voltage.Above that potential, it passes theexcess voltage. This acts as asimple voltage regulator.

FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stoppingcurrent flow and protecting acircuit from damage.

FUSIBLE LINKA heavy–gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.The numbers indicate the cross–section surface area of the wires.

HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.

LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat upand emit light.

METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.

MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.

CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.

DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high–voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.

2. DOUBLEFILAMENT

HEADLIGHTS

FUEL

(for High Current Fuse orFusible Link.)

(for Medium Current Fuse)

M

16

GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

17

1. NORMALLYOPEN

Opens andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.

RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.

RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non–adjustableresistance values.

SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.

SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a junction block.

SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses current through one setof contacts or the other.

SWITCH,IGNITION

A key operated switch withseveral positions which allowsvarious circuits, particularly theprimary ignition circuit, tobecome operational.

Wires are alwaysdrawn as straight lineson wiring diagrams.Crossed wires (1)without a black dot atthe junction are notjoined; crossed wires(2) with a black dot oroctagonal ( ) mark atthe junction are spliced(joined) connections.

RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.

SENSOR, ANALOG SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create asignal for activation of othercomponents.

TRANSISTORA solidstate device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on thevoltage applied at “base.”

SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.

SWITCH, MANUAL

SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.

2. NORMALLYCLOSED

RESISTOR, VARIABLE orRHEOSTAT

A controllable resistor with avariable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.

2. NORMALLYOPEN

RELAY

1. NORMALLYCLOSED

Basically, an electricallyoperated switch which maybe normally closed (1) oropen (2).Current flow through asmall coil creates amagnetic field which eitheropens or closes anattached switch.

(2) SPLICED

WIRES(1) NOT

CONNECTED

[Engine Compartment]

[Body]

18

RELAY LOCATIONS

19

[Instrument Panel]

20

RELAY LOCATIONS

: J/B No. 1 Instrument Panel Left (See Page 19)

21

[J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit]

22

RELAY LOCATIONS

: J/B No. 2 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

23


24

RELAY LOCATIONS

: J/B No. 3 Behind Combination Meter (See Page 19)


25

1 : R/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)

4 : R/B No. 4 Right Kick Panel (See Page 19)

26

RELAY LOCATIONS

5 : R/B No. 5 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

6 : R/B No. 6 Behind Glove Box (See Page 19)

27

7 : R/B No. 7 Near The Battery (See Page 18)

(for CANADA)

28

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

A 1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor E 5 Engine Hood Courtesy SWA 2 A/C Dual and High Pressure SW E 6 Engine Oil Level Warning SWA 3 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock SensorA 4 ABS Actuator F 1 Front Airbag Sensor LHA 5 ABS Actuator F 2 Front Airbag Sensor RHA 6 ABS Relay F 3 Front Fog Light LHA 7 ABS Relay F 4 Front Fog Light RHA 8 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH F 5 Front Turn Signal and Clearance Light LHA 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH F 6 Front Turn Signal and Clearance Light RH

F 7 Fuse BoxB 1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T)B 2 Brake Fluid Level SW G 1 Generator (Alternator)

G 2 Generator (Alternator)C 1 Cold Start InjectorC 2 Cruise Control Actuator H 1 Headlight Cleaner Motor

H 2 Headlight Cleaner RelayD 1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) H 3 Headlight Hi LHD 2 Distributor H 4 Headlight Hi RH

H 5 Headlight Lo LHE 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor or Short Pin H 6 Headlight Lo RHE 2 Electronic Controlled Transmission Solenoid H 7 Horn LHE 3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp. Sensor) H 8 Horn RHE 4 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor [Water Temp. Sensor

(for Cooling Fan)]

29

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

I 1 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve) S 1 Solenoid Valve (for Hydraulic Motor)I 2 Igniter S 2 Start Injector Time SWI 3 Ignition Coil S 3 StarterI 4 Injector No. 1 S 4 StarterI 5 Injector No. 2I 6 Injector No. 3 T 1 Theft Deterrent HornI 7 Injector No. 4 T 2 Throttle Position SensorI 8 Injector No. 5I 9 Injector No. 6 V 1 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up)

V 2 VSV (for Intake Air Control)K 1 Knock Sensor No. 1 V 3 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor)K 2 Knock Sensor No. 2 V 4 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor)

(for Electronic Controlled Transmission)N 1 Noise Filter (for Ignition System) V 5 Volume Air Flow (Air Flow Meter)

O 1 Oil Pressure SW W 1 Washer MotorO 2 Oxygen Sensor No. 1 (Main) W 2 Water Temp. SenderO 3 Oxygen Sensor No. 2 (Main) W 3 Wiper Angle Control Motor

W 4 Wiper MotorP 1 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW)P 2 PPS Solenoid

30


Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A 10 A/C Control Assembly C 13 Cruise Control Clutch SW (M/T)A 11 A/C Control Assembly C 14 Cruise Control ECUA 12 A/C Control AssemblyA 13 A/C Room Temp. Sensor D 3 Data Link Connector 2 [TDCL (Total DiagnosticA 14 A/C Power Transistor Communication Link)]A 15 A/C Solar Sensor D 4 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)A 16 A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor D 5 Diode (for Cruise Control)A 17 A/C Thermistor (Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor)A 18 ABS ECU E 7 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicA 19 ABS ECU Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU M/T))A 20 Airbag Squib E 8 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicA 21 Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU M/T))A 22 Air Mix Control Servo Motor E 9 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicA 23 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T))

E 10 Engine Control Module (Engine and ElectronicB 3 Blower Motor Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T))B 4 Blower Resistor (for Low Speed) E 11 Electronic Controlled Transmission Pattern Select SW

E 12 Extra High Speed RelayC 3 Cellular Phone (Hand Set)C 4 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly F 8 Front Squawker (Speaker) LHC 5 Cigarette Lighter and Ashtray Illumination F 9 Front Squawker (Speaker) RHC 6 Clutch Start SW (M/T)C 7 Combination MeterC 8 Combination MeterC 9 Combination MeterC 10 Combination SWC 11 Combination SWC 12 Cooling Fan ECU

31

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

G 3 Glove Box Light R 1 Radio and PlayerG 4 Glove Box Light SW R 2 Radio and Player

R 3 Remote Control Mirror SWH 9 Hazard SW R 4 RheostatH 10 Headlight Cleaner SW R 5 Rheostat Volume and Theft Deterrent Indicator LightH 11 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Oxygen Sensor (Sub))

S 5 Seat Heater SW (Driver’s)I 10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light S 6 Seat Heater SW (Passenger’s)I 11 Ignition SW and Unlock Warning SW S 7 Shift Lock ECUI 12 Integration Relay S 8 Short Connector

S 9 Short ConnectorJ 1 Junction Connector S 10 Stereo Component AmplifierJ 2 Junction Connector S 11 Stereo Component AmplifierJ 3 Junction Connector S 12 Stop Light SWJ 4 Junction Connector (for SRS)

T 3 Theft Deterrent and Door Lock ECUK 3 Key Inter Lock Solenoid T 4 Theft Deterrent and Door Lock ECU

T 5 Trip SWL 1 Luggage Compartment Door Opener Main SW

W 5 Wiper Control RelayO 4 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator Light (Shift Lever) W 6 Wireless Door Lock Main SW

P 3 PPS ECUP 4 Parking Brake SW

32


Position of Parts in Body

A 24 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH J 5 Junction ConnectorA 25 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH L 2 Light Failure SensorA 26 Auto Antenna Motor and Relay L 3 Luggage Compartment Door Opener MotorC 15 CD Automatic Changer L 4 Luggage Compartment Door and Fuel Lid Opener SWC 16 CD Automatic Changer L 5 Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SWC 17 Choke Coil L 6 Luggage Compartment LightD 6 Diode L 7 Luggage Compartment Light SWD 7 Door Courtesy Light Front LH M 1 Moon Roof Control RelayD 8 Door Courtesy Light Front RH M 2 Moon Roof Control SW and Personal Light (w/ Moon Roof)D 9 Door Courtesy SW Front LH M 3 Moon Roof Limit SWD 10 Door Courtesy SW Front RH M 4 Moon Roof MotorD 11 Door Courtesy SW Rear LH P 5 Personal Light (w/o Moon Roof)D 12 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH P 6 Power Window Control SW Front RHD 13 Door Handle SW P 7 Power Window Control SW Rear LHD 14 Door Key Cylinder Light P 8 Power Window Control SW Rear RHD 15 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH P 9 Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LHD 16 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH P 10 Power Window Motor Front LHD 17 Door Lock Control SW RH P 11 Power Window Motor Front RHD 18 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock and Open Detection

SW Front LHPP

1213

Power Window Motor Rear LHPower Window Motor Rear RH

D 19 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock and Open Detection R 6 Rear Combination Light LHSW Front RH R 7 Rear Combination Light RH

D

D

20

21

Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock and Open DetectionSW Rear LHDoor Lock Motor, Door Unlock and Open Detection

RRR

89

10

Rear Speaker LHRear Speaker RHRear Window Defogger (+)

SW Rear RH R 11 Rear Window Defogger (–)F 10 Front Door Speaker LH R 12 Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LHF 11 Front Door Speaker RH R 13 Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RHF 12 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH T 6 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker RelayF 13 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH T 7 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker RelayF 14 Fuel Lid Opener Motor V 6 Vanity Light LHF 15 Fuel Pump and Sender V 7 Vanity Light RHH 12 High Mount Stop Light W 7 Wireless Door Lock ECUI 13 Interior Light

33

Position of Parts in Seat

B 5 Buckle SW P 20 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat RecliningControl)

P 14 Power Seat Control SW (for Driver’s Seat) P 21 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat SlideP 15 Power Seat Control SW (for Passenger’s Seat) Control)P 16 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Front Vertical

Control) S 13 Seat Heater LH (for Seat Back)P 17 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical S 14 Seat Heater LH (for Seat Cushion)

Control) S 15 Seat Heater RH (for Seat Back)P 18 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Reclining Motor S 16 Seat Heater RH (for Seat Cushion)

Control)P 19 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Slide Control)

34


: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

35

Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

EA1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE (UNDER THE R/B NO. 7)

EB1 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)

EC1 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)

ED1 ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE (SIDE OF FRONT CYLINDER HEAD)

EE1 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)

36


: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

37



IF1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG1FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG2FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IH1 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IH2 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

IH3 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

II1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IJ1 INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE COMBINATION METER)

IK1 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (NEAR THE RADIO AND PLAYER)

IL1 COWL WIRE AND SERVO MOTOR SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)

38




39



IM1IM2 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IM3

ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IN1 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)I01I02 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)I03

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IQ1

FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IQ2 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IR1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IR2

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)IR3 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

40


: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points


41



BS1 MIRROR LH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (FRONT LH DOOR INSIDE)

BT1 MIRROR RH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (FRONT RH DOOR INSIDE)

BU1 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BV1 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BW1 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION)

BX1FLOOR NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (BEHIND PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)

BX2FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)

BY1 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT)

42



: Location of Ground Points

43



BZ1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Ba1 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

Bb1 SEAT LH NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Bc1 SEAT RH NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

44


The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source(Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

Starter

Integration Relay

Battery

30A ST MAIN

FL MAIN 2.0L

15A EFI

15A HAZ–HORN

7.5A ALT–S

Daytime RunningLight Relay (Main)

100A ALT

20A RADIO

Headlight Relay(Coil Side)

Theft Deterrentand Door Lock ECU

Dimmer SW[Comb. SW]

40A DEFOG

Generator(Alternator)

40A AM1

20A FOG

30A POWER

25A STOP

60A ABS

20A DOME

15A ECU–B

Taillight Relay(Point Side)


40A HEATER

* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the relatedsystem is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, notnecessarily on the page indicated here.

Starter Relay(Point Side)

Headlight Cleaner SW

15A HEAD (UPR–LH)

15A HEAD (UPR–RH)

Taillight Relay(Coil Side)

Daytime RunningLight Relay No.2(Coil Side)

Daytime RunningLight Relay No.2(Point Side)

[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 23)(7) : R/B No. 7 (See page ) (8) : Fuse Box (F7 See on page )

20 22 2527 28

45

Headlight Relay(Point Side)

Light Control SW[Comb. SW]

7.5A TURN

7.5 IGN

Engine ControlModule (Engineand ElectronicControlledTransmissionECU(A/T), EngineECU (M/T))

15A Head LH

7.5A DRL

10A STARTER

Ignition SW

Start Relay(Coil Side)

Theft Deterrent andDoor Lock ECU

HeadlightCleaner Relay

ABS Relay

Light Control SW[Comb. SW]

ABS ECU

15A Head RH

15A Head (LWR–LH)

15A Head (LWR–RH)

Starter

Ignition SWAM1

30A AM2

ABS Relay

Integration Relay

Theft Deterrent andDoor Lock ECU

Defogger Relay(Point Side) 10A MIR.HTR

15A TAIL

Park/NeutralPosition SW(Neutral StartSW)

15A SEAT HTR

15A CIG/RADIO

15A ECU–IG

10A GAUGE

20A WIPER

ABS Actuator

Clutch Start SW

Injector No. 1

Injector No. 2

Injector No. 3

Injector No. 4

Injector No. 5

Injector No. 6

Igniter

Noise Filter (forIgnition System

Ignition Coil

Igniter

Distributor

HeadlightCleaner Relay

15A TEL


(4) : R/B No. 4 (See page 20) (5) : R/B No. 5 (See page 19) (6) : R/B No. 6 (See page 23)25 26 26

46


* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.

*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems

Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse

10A MIR–HTR

15A TAIL

15A ECU–B

15A FOG

20A WIPER

7.5A TURN

7.5A IGN

15A CIG/RADIO

15A ECU–IG

10A GAUGE

25A STOP

15A SEAT HTR

30A POWER

40A DEFOG

40A AM1

10A STARTER

15A HEAD(RH)(USA)

15A HEAD(LH)(USA)

15A HEAD (UPR–RH)(Canada)

15A HEAD (UPR–LH)(Canada)

7.5A ALT–S

20A DOME

15A EFI

15A HAZ–HORN

20A FOG

40A HEATER

15A HEAD (LWR–LH)(Canada)

15A HEAD (LWR–RH)(Canada)

15A TEL

20A RADIO

7.5A DRL

198 158 106198 94169198

198170198 182 198 192 163150 64

A3 A7 C4 C7B2A5 A14 A18A12 A19 A23 A26 B3 C5Loca

tion

94169

Cig

aret

te L

ight

er a

ndA

shtr

ay Il

lum

inat

ion

Cen

ter

Airb

ag S

enso

rA

ssem

bly

Aut

o A

nten

na M

otor

and

R

elay

A/C

Mag

netic

Clu

tch

and

Lock

Sen

sor

AB

S A

ctua

tor

Bra

ke F

luid

Lev

el S

W

A/C

Pow

er T

rans

isto

r

AB

S R

elay

Ope

n D

oor

War

ning

Lig

ht[C

omb.

Met

er]

Air

Ven

t Mod

e C

ontr

olS

ervo

Mot

or

A/T

Indi

cato

r Li

ght

[Com

b. M

eter

]

SR

S W

arni

ng L

ight

[Com

b. M

eter

]

Bac

k–U

p Li

ght S

W (

M/T

)

Col

d S

tart

Inje

ctor

Com

bina

tion

Met

er

Blo

wer

Mot

or

AB

S E

CU

A10

Cha

rge

War

ning

Lig

ht[C

omb.

Met

er]

A/C

Con

trol

Ass

embl

y

158

AB

S W

arni

ng L

ight

[Com

b. M

eter

]

C1B1

8615816360192

[LOCATION] (1) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : J/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 23)(7) : R/B No. 7 (See page 19) (8) : Fuse Box (F7 See on page )

20 22 2527 28

47

66144

66144150163

150 8098125 78

66158163

76100 100150 90103 177 170

C12C11 C14C10 D8 D9

Ope

n D

oor

Indi

cato

r Li

ght

[Com

b. M

eter

]O

/D O

ff In

dica

tor

Ligh

t[C

omb.

Met

er]

Dim

mer

SW

[Com

b. S

W]

Rea

r Li

ght W

arni

ng L

ight

[Com

b. M

eter

]

Cru

ise

Con

trol

Indi

cato

rLi

ght [

Com

b. M

eter

]

A/T

Indi

cato

r Li

ght

[Com

b. M

eter

]

Com

bina

tion

Met

er

Turn

Sig

nal I

ndic

ator

Lig

htLH

[Com

b. M

eter

]

Fog

Lig

ht S

W [C

omb.

SW

]

Turn

Sig

nal S

W

[Com

b. S

W]

Turn

Sig

nal I

ndic

ator

Lig

ht

RH

[Com

b. M

eter

]

Dat

a Li

nk C

onne

ctor

1

(Che

ck C

onne

ctor

)

Hor

n S

W [C

omb.

SW

]

Wip

er a

nd W

ashe

r S

W[C

omb.

SW

]

Cru

ise

Con

trol

EC

U

Day

time

Run

ning

Lig

htR

elay

(M

ain)

Dio

de

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

Ligh

t F

ront

RH

Coo

ling

Fan

EC

U

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

Ligh

t F

ront

LH

112

D6 D7C9C8 D4D3D1

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

SW

Lig

ht F

ront

LH

86

Cho

ke C

oil

Ligh

t Con

trol

SW

[C

omb.

SW

]

C17

Mal

func

tion

Indi

cato

r La

mp

(Che

ck E

ngin

e W

arni

ngLi

ght)

[Com

b. M

eter

]

86 7880192 80

94 144 80 94192

C7

Dat

a Li

nk C

onne

ctor

2

(TD

CL)

Com

bina

tion

Met

er

Sea

t Bel

t War

ning

Lig

ht[C

omb.

Met

er]

Hig

h B

eam

Indi

cato

r Li

ght

[Com

b. M

eter

]

94142144192

64100


48



E7 E10E9D11 E12E11D10 E6 G4G2 G3D12 D18 D19

86 132 66150 66192

94150 94198

Gen

erat

or (

Alte

rnat

or)

Fro

nt T

urn

Sig

nal a

nd C

lear

ance

Ligh

t LH

Doo

r Lo

ck M

otor

, Doo

r U

nloc

k an

dO

pen

Doo

r D

etec

tion

SW

Fro

nt R

H

Eng

ine

Oil

Leve

l War

ning

SW

Ext

ra H

igh

Spe

ed R

elay

Ele

ctro

nic

Con

trol

led

Tran

smis

sion

Pat

tern

Sel

ect S

W

Fro

nt T

urn

Sig

nal a

nd C

lear

ance

Ligh

t RH

Fro

nt F

og L

ight

RH

Eng

ine

Con

trol

Mod

ule

(Eng

ine

and

Ele

ctro

nic

Con

trol

led

Tran

smis

sion

(A/T

), E

ngin

e E

CU

(M

/T))

Glo

ve B

ox L

ight

SW

90100

64192

66192 108

F4 F5F3 F15F14F6

Glo

ve B

ox L

ight

Fue

l Lid

Ope

ner

Mot

or

Fue

l Pum

p an

d S

ende

r

Fro

nt F

og L

ight

LH

Doo

r K

ey C

ylin

der

Ligh

t

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

SW

Rea

r R

H

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

SW

Rea

r LH

Doo

r Lo

ck M

otor

, Doo

r U

nloc

k an

d O

pen

Det

ectio

n S

W F

ront

LH

8098


Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse

10A MIR–HTR

15A TAIL

15A ECU–B

15A FOG

20A WIPER

7.5A TURN

7.5A IGN

15A CIG/RADIO

15A ECU–IG

10A GAUGE

25A STOP

15A SEAT HTR

30A POWER

40A DEFOG

40A AM1

10A STARTER

15A HEAD(RH)(USA)

15A HEAD(LH)(USA)



7.5A ALT–S

20A DOME

15A EFI

15A HAZ–HORN

20A FOG

40A HEATER



15A TEL

20A RADIO

7.5A DRL

Loca

tion

H1D14

Hea

dlig

ht C

lean

er M

otor

Doo

r C

ourt

esy

SW

Fro

nt R

H

66150


20 22 2527 28

49

H5 H6 H11H8H7 H9 H10 I10I1 I2 I12 L7L6L4 M1

19266177 103 94100

94 66H

eadl

ight

Hi L

H

Hor

n LH

Hor

n R

H

Haz

ard

SW

Hea

ted

Oxy

gen

Sen

sor

(Oxy

gen

Sen

sor)

(S

ub)

Hea

dlig

ht C

lean

er R

elay

Hig

h M

ount

Sto

p Li

ght

Idle

Air

Con

trol

Val

ve(I

SC

Val

ve)

Inte

rior L

ight

Hea

dlig

ht H

i RH

Igni

tion

Key

Cyl

inde

r Li

ght

L2I13H12

86

Hea

dlig

ht L

o LH

Hea

dlig

ht L

o R

H

Igni

ter

Inte

grat

ion

Rel

ay

H2 H3 H4

86 94150

7880

108 132 90103

M2 M4 O1 O4 P1 P3 P4 P5

106150 1421921721728686

809486192

Hea

dlig

ht C

lean

er S

W

Moo

n R

oof M

otor

Moo

n R

oof C

ontr

ol S

W a

ndP

erso

nal L

ight

(w

/ Moo

n R

oof)

Lugg

age

Com

part

men

t Li

ght

Ligh

t Fai

lure

Sen

sor

Lugg

age

Com

part

men

t Li

ght S

W

Moo

n R

oof C

ontr

ol R

elay

PP

S E

CU

Oil

Pre

ssur

e S

W

O/D

Mai

n S

W a

nd A

/TIn

dica

tor

Ligh

t (S

hift

Leve

r)P

ark/

Neu

tral

Pos

ition

SW

(Neu

tral

Sta

rt S

W)

(A/T

)

Par

king

Bra

ke S

W

Per

sona

l Lig

ht(w

/o M

oon

Roo

f)

Lugg

age

Com

part

men

t Doo

ran

d F

uel L

id O

pene

r S

W


50



P7 P10P6 P9P8

122116 140 94

Pow

er W

indo

w C

ontr

ol S

WR

ear

RH

Pow

er W

indo

w M

aste

r S

W

and

Doo

r Lo

ck C

ontr

ol S

WP

ower

Win

dow

Con

trol

Fro

nt L

H

Pow

er W

indo

w M

otor

F

ront

RH

Pow

er W

indo

w C

ontr

ol S

WF

ront

RH

Pow

er W

indo

w C

ontr

ol S

WR

ear

LH

90106

94182184188

P11


Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse

10A MIR–HTR

15A TAIL

15A ECU–B

15A FOG

20A WIPER

7.5A TURN

7.5A IGN

15A CIG/RADIO

15A ECU–IG

10A GAUGE

25A STOP

15A SEAT HTR

30A POWER

40A DEFOG

40A AM1

10A STARTER

15A HEAD(RH)(USA)

15A HEAD(LH)(USA)



7.5A ALT–S

20A DOME

15A EFI

15A HAZ–HORN

20A FOG

40A HEATER



15A TEL

20A RADIO

7.5A DRL

Loca

tion

P12 R6P18P16P13 P14 P15 P19 P20P17 P21

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r P

asse

nger

’sS

eat R

eclin

ing

Con

trol

)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r D

river

’sS

eat S

lide

Con

trol

)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r D

river

’sS

eat F

ront

Ver

tical

Con

trol

)

Pow

er W

indo

w M

otor

R

ear

LHP

ower

Win

dow

Mot

or

Rea

r R

HP

ower

Sea

t Con

trol

SW

(for

Driv

er’s

Sea

t)P

ower

Sea

t Con

trol

SW

(for

Pas

seng

er’s

Sea

t)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r D

river

’sS

eat R

ear

Ver

tical

Con

trol

)P

ower

Sea

t Mot

or (

for

Driv

er’s

Sea

t Rec

linin

g M

otor

Con

trol

)

Pow

er S

eat M

otor

(fo

r P

asse

nger

’sS

eat S

lidin

g C

ontr

ol)

Rem

ote

Con

trol

Mirr

or S

W

Rad

io a

nd P

laye

r

Rhe

osta

t

Rhe

osta

t Vol

ume

and

The

ftD

eter

rent

Indi

cato

r Li

ght

Bac

k–U

p Li

ght L

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

LH

]Li

cens

e P

late

Lig

ht L

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

LH

]

R4R1 R3 R5


20 22 2527 28

51

R6

156116132 94

120

182184188

132

S5 S6

184188

Rea

r Tu

rn S

igna

l Lig

ht L

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

LH

]S

top

Ligh

t LH

[Rea

r C

omb.

Lig

ht L

H]

Bac

k–U

p Li

ght R

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

RH

]

Rea

r Tu

rn S

igna

l Lig

ht R

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

RH

]

Rem

ote

Con

trol

Mirr

or a

ndM

irror

Hea

ter

RH

Rem

ote

Con

trol

Mirr

or a

ndM

irror

Hea

ter

LH

Sea

t Hea

ter

SW

(D

river

’s)

Sea

t Hea

ter

SW

(P

asse

nger

’s)

R10 R12 R13R7

Sto

p Li

ght R

H[R

ear

Com

b. L

ight

RH

]

86,128,172

Lice

nse

Pla

te L

ight

RH

[Rea

r C

omb.

Lig

ht R

H]

Rea

r W

indo

w D

efog

ger

(+)

106 90 100 103 90 170 140170 60 192 120

S2

Taill

ight

LH

[Rea

r C

omb.

Lig

ht L

H]

Taill

ight

RH

[Rea

r C

omb.

Lig

ht R

H]

Sta

rt In

ject

or T

ime

SW

T4T3S11S8 S13 S16S7 T1S14 S15S10

The

ft D

eter

rent

Hor

n

Sea

t Hea

ter

RH

(for

Sea

t Cus

hion

)

Sea

t Hea

ter

LH(f

or S

eat B

ack)

Ste

reo

Com

pone

nt

Am

plifi

er

Shi

ft Lo

ck E

CU

Sto

p Li

ght S

W

Sea

t Hea

ter

LH(f

or S

eat C

ushi

on)

Sea

t Hea

ter

RH

(for

Sea

t Bac

k)

Trip

SW

The

ft D

eter

rent

and

D

oor

Lock

EC

U

T5

Sho

rt C

onne

ctor

192132144156

103,150,158

90100 103

S12


52



Van

ity L

ight

LH

Van

ity L

ight

RH

Tele

phon

e Tr

ansc

eive

r an

dS

peak

er R

elay

VS

V (

for

Fue

l Pre

ssur

e U

p)

VS

V (

for

Inta

ke A

ir C

ontr

ol)

Veh

icle

Spe

ed S

enso

r(S

peed

Sen

sor)

V3V2T7 V1 V7V6

178

66142150192


Parts

Code orLocation

CB or Fuse

10A MIR–HTR

15A TAIL

15A ECU–B

15A FOG

20A WIPER

7.5A TURN

7.5A IGN

15A CIG/RADIO

15A ECU–IG

10A GAUGE

25A STOP

15A SEAT HTR

30A POWER

40A DEFOG

40A AM1

10A STARTER

15A HEAD(RH)(USA)

15A HEAD(LH)(USA)



7.5A ALT–S

20A DOME

15A EFI

15A HAZ–HORN

20A FOG

40A HEATER



15A TEL

20A RADIO

7.5A DRL

Loca

tion

Vol

ume

Air

Flo

w(A

ir F

low

Met

er)

66

Def

ogge

r R

elay

Wip

er C

ontr

ol R

elay

Wire

less

Doo

r Lo

ck M

ain

SW

Dio

de

Fog

Lig

ht R

elay

Inte

grat

ion

Rel

ay

Pow

er M

ain

Rel

ay

EF

I Mai

n R

elay

Hor

n R

elay

Wip

er M

otor

Noi

se F

ilter

Was

her

Mot

or

Wat

er T

emp.

Sen

der

Wip

er A

ngle

Con

trol

Mot

or

W6W5W4W3W2W1

132177

8098

6615017086192 128112112 56

170

56116172

86110125

Wire

less

Doo

r Lo

ck E

CU

V5 W7

8666


20 22 2527 28

53

Day

time

Run

ning

Lig

htR

elay

No.

3D

aytim

e R

unni

ng L

ight

Rel

ay N

o.4

80100198 66

Circ

uit O

peni

ng R

elay

Hea

ter

Mai

n R

elay

A/C

Mag

netic

Clu

tch

Rel

ay

Turn

Sig

nal F

lash

er


56

POWER SOURCE

E25 E26

I18

4

2D

4

2D

4

1E

1

4

2D

8

5

5

2E

6

2E

8

6

6

1A

13

1

4

2

7

2

3

3

1

8

EE1

4

IM37

IM1

10

E24

2 3

1 4

TOABS ACTUATOR

W WW W

W

W–R

W

W

W

R–L

W

B–R B–R

L

W WW

–L

B

W W

W

FUSE BOX

100A

ALT

60A

AB

S

40A AM1

40A HEATER

15A HAZ–HORN

20A DOME

30A AM2

15A EFI

30A ST MAIN

HEADLIGHTRELAY

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 2

STARTER RELAY

15A HEAD (RH)

15A HEAD (LH)

15A HEAD (UPR–RH)

15A HEAD (UPR–LH)

(CANADA)

(USA)

B

( CA

NA

DA

)

5

R

6

6

W–BB

F 7

W

4

2

3

1FL MAIN2. 0L

BATTERY

I22W

W

5

15A TEL

1G

9

W–R

2F2

EB1

6

5

EE13

20A RADIO

(ALTERNATOR)

G 1

W

B

1 W

B

B

B B

EC1

10

W

WW

W

1 2

5 6

GENERATOR

(CANADA)

(CANADA)

57

E25

E12E 3

2 17

1 2

1 2

1E

4

1E

2

1G

10

1G3

1G

8

4

10

3

2

7

9AM2

AM1

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

IG

5

5

2C

B1

1C

10

1M

1

W

W

W

W–R

B–R

W

B–R

B–R

W W

W

W

Y–L

W

W

P–L

B–Y

B–O

B–W

W

W–B

25A STOP

15A ECU–B

15A TAIL

TAILLIGHTRELAY DEFOGGER

RELAY

POWERMAIN RELAY

10A MIR–HTR40A DEFOG

30A POWER

15A CIG/RADIO

15A ECU–IG

7. 5A TURN

15A SEAT HTR

7. 5A IGN

10A STARTER

15A HEAD (LWR–RH)

15A HEAD (LWR–LH)

7. 5A DRL

TO STARTER

3 4

2 1

5 3

1 2

5 3

5 3

W–B

IGNITION SWI11

7W–R

W1 1

G–R

20A FOG

20A WIPER

10A GAUGE

EA1

1

(CANADA)

(CANADA)

(CANADA)

58

POWER SOURCE

TAILLIGHT RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA)

HEADLIGHT RELAY2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

: CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA)

I11 IGNITION SW4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION10–9, 4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION

: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

F 7 28 G 1 28 I11 31

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)1 25 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)4 25 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)7 27 R/B NO. 7 (NEAR THE BATTERY)


CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1A1C1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)1G

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1M2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2D 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2F 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)EA1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE (UNDER THE R/B NO. 7)EB1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)EE1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)IM1

38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IM3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION

IG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

E 334 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

E 26 34 ENGINE WIRE


I 1838 COWL WIRE

E 2434 ENGINE WIRE

I 2238 COWL WIRE

E 2534 ENGINE WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

60

STARTING AND IGNITION

AM1

AM210

4

7

9

ACCIG1ST1

IG2ST2

2

1 2

E26

I87

E25

EE13

EE11

IM110

IM117

6

2CB12E82E61G9

6 6 6

2CA62F21E1

M

B

1

A1

21

STJ STA

1

2

2

1

B–R

G

B–W

B–R

B–R

B

B–O

B–W

W–R

W

BW

W

W–

R

W

B–W

GG

B–R

B–

RB

–R

W–

B

B

B

B–W

B–

W

B

IGNITION SW

4 3

2 1

B–W

100

AA

LT

FU

SE

BO

X

40AAM1

30AAM2

30AST MAIN

10ASTARTER

STARTERRELAY C

LUT

CH

ST

AR

TS

W( M

/T)

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

NS

W( N

EU

TR

AL

ST

AR

TS

W)

( A/T

)

TO

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE( E

NG

INE

AN

DE

LEC

TR

ON

ICC

ON

TR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

EC

U( A

/T) ,

EN

GIN

EE

CU

( M/T

))

ST

AR

TIN

JEC

TO

RT

IME

SW

STARTER

BATTERY

COLD STARTINJECTOR

FL MAIN2. 0L

S 3 , S 4

C 1

I11

C6

P1

F7

B

A

B–

W

P

N

3

B

(M/T)

(A/T)

(A/T)

( M/T

)

IH35

B–Y

TO THEFTDETERRENT ECU

1G

8

1A

6

1G

6

1E

5

I 7

FR

OM

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE( E

NG

INE

AN

DE

LEC

TR

ON

ICC

ON

TR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

EC

U)

B–

W

B–

W

S2

61

1 2 3 4 1 2 4

1 2

5 3

I87

EC

W–R

W–R

B–W

W–R

BW

W–R

YLR

W–RW–R

BR

IGNITION COIL

NE G1 G2 G– IGF IGT TAC

+B2 +B

NE G1 G2 G– IGTIGF

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))

DISTRIBUTOR

IGNITER

TO TACHOMETER[COMB. METER]

E 7 , E 9

D 2

I 2

I 3

B A

( SH

IELD

ED

)

A12 A11 A10 A6 B17 B18

TO COOLINGFAN ECU

IM1

16

E26 E26

IM3

16

IM1

8B

B

B

BTO DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2 (TDCL)

B

B

2

1

BR

W–R

W–R

NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITIONSYSTEM)

N 1

I87

62

STARTING AND IGNITION

I11 IGNITION SW4–7 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION10–9 CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION

C 6 CLUTCH START SW (M/T)1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED

STARTER RELAY(6) 4– (6) 2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T)

CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)

S 3(A), S 4(B) STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION

P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T)2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION

C 1 COLD START INJECTOR2–1 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND STARTER CRANKING

S 2 START INJECTOR TIME SWPOINTS OPEN ABOVE 35°C (95°F)2–1 : APPROX. 20–40 BELOW 30°C (86°F)2–1 : APPROX. 40–60 ABOVE 40°C (104°F)2–GROUND : APPROX. 20–80

: PARTS LOCATION


C 1 28 F 7 28 P 1 29

C 6 30 I 2 29 S 2 29

D 2 28 I 3 29 S 3 A 29

E 7 B 30 I11 31 S 4 B 29

E 9 A 30 N 1 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)

6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)



1A

1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1G


2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2F 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)



EE1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER)

IH3 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IM138 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)


: GROUND POINTS


EC 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD RH

: SPLICE POINTS


E 2534 ENGINE WIRE

I 7 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

E 2634 ENGINE WIRE

I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

64

CHARGING

IG L S B

IC REGULATOR

1D6 1D3

A2 A1 A3

1

2

12

E

E

IM310

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

B1

7. 5AALT–S

7. 5AIGN

10AGAUGE

R–L

W R–

L

YB

–O

W

BW

GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)

BATTERY

FL MAIN2. 0L

10

0A

AL

T

CH

AR

GE

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[CO

MB

.M

ET

ER

]

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

Y

J 1

G 1 , G 2

F 7

C7

B A

FUSE BOX

Y

FR

OM

DA

YT

IME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LA

Y( M

AIN

)13

E

2CB4

2F

1

E11W

W

Y

IM33

65

G 2(A) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)(A) 1–GROUND: 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)

13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)(A) 2–GROUND: 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING

: PARTS LOCATION


C 7 30 G 1 B 28 J 1 31

F 7 28 G 2 A 28



1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

2C22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2F22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)



IM3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: SPLICE POINTS


E 11 34 ENGINE WIRE

X X 12 13 X X

X

1 2

F 7C 7 GRAY

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

E E E

DARK GRAYJ 1

1

GRAYB AG 1 G 2

1 2 3

SERVICE HINTS

66

ENGINE CONTROL

AM1

AM210

4 7

9

ST1

IG2

1G8

3B20

3A13

1C11

3D2

3C18

1M1

1A61D9

1D

3

IG

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

I12E26

I87 E25 I87 E25

BW14

II116

IM19

IM116

IM315

2CA6

IM3

18

6 6 6

6 6 6

6 4 1

3 5 2

3C

2

G–R

G

R

L

GR

Y

W

L–B

B–W

B–W

W–R

W–RW–RW–R

B–W B–W

B–O

B–O

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

GRLGRYW

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

L–B

G–R

L–B

B–O

B–W

W–R

B–W

B–W

B–W

I87

W–R

W–R

TO

CO

LDS

TA

RT

INJE

CT

OR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 56)

FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

10ASTARTER

7. 5AIGN

IGNITION SW

CIRCUITOPENINGRELAY

INJE

CTO

RN

O.

1

INJE

CTO

RN

O.

2

INJE

CTO

RN

O.

3

INJE

CTO

RN

O.

4

INJE

CTO

RN

O.

5

INJE

CTO

RN

O.

6

I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9

I11

M4 5

BL

BW1

5

W–B

W–B

F15FUEL PUMP


E11

TO

ST

AR

TIN

JEC

TO

RT

IME

SW

B–W B–O

L–B

IM14

B–OB–O

E11

B–O

B–OB–O

B–W

B–W

W

W–R

67

EB

D3

M–REL

D

2

BATT

D22

NSW

D11

STA

D13

IGSW

D12

+B

D1

+B1

A20

# 60

A21

#50

A22

#40

A23

#30

A11

#20

A12

#10

2CA1 2CA32A3 2CA5 2CA4

1G6

1E5

IM118 IM312

E18

I86

G–R

G

R

L

GR

Y

W

B–O

B–W

B–W

W–R

B–O

W–R

L–R

B–O

B–O

W–G

R–Y

R–L

W–L

B–W

B–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–O

B–O

B–O G R L GR Y W

B–W

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))

EFI MAINRELAY

15AEFI


4 3

2 1

E 7 , E8 , E 9 , E10

D

A B C

IM1

11

B–W

(A/T)

TO PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW (NEUTRALSTART SW) (A/T)

I 7

B–W

B–O

B–O

E25

I66

5

4 6 72

1

B1

VC

B2

VS

B3

THA

A7

ISC1

A6

ISC2

A5

ISC3

A4

ISC4

B–

O

B–

O

W–L

G–W L–

R

R–B

L–R

Y–L

L–B

L–R

4 1 6 3

2 5

Y–L

L–B

IDLE

AIR

CO

NT

RO

LV

ALV

E( I

SC

VA

LVE

)

I1

VOLUME AIRFLOW (AIRFLOW METER)

V 5

E25B–O

BR

B–O

L–B L–B

W–B

G–R

B–O

B–W

(M/T)

TO CLUTCH STARTSW (M/T)

( A/T

)( A

/T)

68

ENGINE CONTROL *2 : EX. CALIFORNIA*1 : CALIFORNIA

E11

E26

E26 E26 E25

ED

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

4 3 2

B9

E2

B10

VTA

B11

IDL

B12

THG

B4

THW

A25

STJ

D7

A/C

A13

E01

A26

E02

C2

FPU

C3

IACV

C12

NE

C11

G1

C10

G2

C6

G–

A17

IGF

A18

IGT

W–R

B–O

L–B

L–R

BR BR BR

W–R B–W

B–O

W–R B

YLRB

W–R W

B–R LG

B

L

BR

G B–Y

W–B

W–B

G

BR

GR

BR

BR

B

BR

B–O

I87

I87

I87

I87

1 1

C5

OX3

A1

HT

A14

VF2

A15

VF1

B7

TE1

B6

KNK1

B14

KNK2

ED13 ED11 ED14 ED12

IN14 IN15

IN112 IN11 IN111

B–O BR

BR

B–O

B–O B L–

B

BR

R–L W

R–W

GR

R–W GR

P–B

B

W W

W W

W P–B

1 2 3 4 1 2

5 3 4

BR

W

41531191242

3 114 13 9

B FPIG–+B E1 OX2 OX1E1

OX3TE2VF1VF2

HT

IGTNE G1 G2 G– IGF

IG–+BCOIL–

IGNITION COILI 3

VS

V( F

OR

FU

EL

PR

ES

SU

RE

UP

)

VS

V( F

OR

INT

AK

EA

IRC

ON

TRO

L)

V2

IGN

ITE

RI

2

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

( EFI

WA

TE

RT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

)

E3

EG

RG

AS

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

E1

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

D 1

DISTRIBUTORD 2

TOTACHOMETER[COMB. METER]

THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR

T 2

FRO

MS

TA

RT

INJE

CTO

RTI

ME

SW

,C

OLD

ST

AR

TIN

JEC

TO

R

TO

A/C

CO

NTR

OL

AS

SE

MB

LY

(* 2)

(*2)

H11

KN

OC

KS

EN

SO

RN

O.1

K1

KN

OC

KS

EN

SO

RN

O.2

K2

D6

ACT

LG–R

FR

OM

A/C

CO

NTR

OL

AS

SE

MB

LY

SH

OR

TP

IN

E1

1

2

HE

AT

ED

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

( OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

)(S

UB

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

2

W

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

1 2

B–OE26

D

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))

E 7 , E 8 , E 9 , E10A B C

I87

B

W–R

W–R

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1)

( *1) ( *

1)

B–O

V1

BR

R–L

W

BR

G–R

R–W

GR

B

IM1

8BW–R

8

TE1

G–W

G–W

( SH

IELD

ED

)

TO CRUISECONTROL ECU ANDCOOLING FAN ECU

I87

L

L

69

I87

I87

I87

I87

I87

EC

B15

TE2

B8

DG

B5

OX1

B13

OX2

A24

E1

IM11 IM115

IM316

IM3

13

IM3

19

11

W

R–L

BR

BRBR BR

G–R BR

Y–G

R–W

G–W

BR

–B

G–W

BR

–B

W R–L

R–

L

W

38

1 7 2 5

BR

BR

W E1

TTTE2ENGTE1

DA

TA

LIN

KC

ON

NE

CT

OR

2( T

DC

L)

D3

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

NO

.2( M

AIN

)

O3

OX

YG

EN

SE

NS

OR

NO

.1( M

AIN

)

O2

3D7

3D19

D8

G–R

G–R G–R

SP1

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

(SHIELDED)

3D3

3D12


10AGAUGE

1D6

A

[COMB. METER]

C 7 , C 8B

BR

3D13

D4

W

BR

R–L

W

BR

IM1

19G–R

GR

R–W

I87

E26

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

BR

BR

ED

BR

2

1

SPEED METER

B1 A10

A14 A13 A15

I43

B1

B2 A1

IM311

IM3

14

R–L

R–

L

V–Y

V–Y

R–L

3

12

G LG

SH

OR

TC

ON

NE

CT

OR

VEHICLE SPEEDSENSOR(SPEEDSENSOR)

G

BR

V 3

V–Y

A1

NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITION)

N 1

I37

W–R

MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP(CHECK ENGINE)

3D

18

G–R

W–R

BR

W BR

R–L BR

I87G–W

G–W

3D22

3D10

V–Y

G–B

P

S8

,9

AB

I105

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T),ENGINE ECU (M/T))

E 7 , E8 ,E9, E10A B C D

S

70

ENGINE CONTROL

THIS SYSTEM UTILIZES AN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T),ENGINE ECU (M/T)) AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, TRANSMISSION AND SO ON. AN OUTLINE OF THEENGINE CONTROL IS EXPLAINED HERE.

1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT

THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–INTHERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OFENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR

TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).

(3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST GASES IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1, OX2

AND OX3 (FOR CALIFORNIA) OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCEBY THE OXYGEN SENSOR, A HEATER IS USED FOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) (HT).

(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEMCRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE RPM ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR.

CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2 0F THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ECU), AND ENGINE RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE.

(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL CIRCUITTHE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH IS

INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THECONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL.

(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR), INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE

SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).

(7) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) SIGNAL SYSTEM (A/T)THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION ARE IN NEUTRAL AND

PARKING OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).

(8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE A/C AMPLIFIER INPUTS THE A/C OPERATIONS TO TERMINAL A/C OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A

CONTROL SIGNAL.

(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUITVOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW

TURNED ON, VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS +BAND +B1 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) VIA EFI MAIN RELAY.

(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUITINTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL

VS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

(11) STA SIGNAL CIRCUITTO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS

DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A CONTROLSIGNAL.

(12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUITENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR NO. 1 AND NO. 2 AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS

KNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

71

2. CONTROL SYSTEM

* SFI (SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION) (EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM

THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALSFROM (1) TO (12) ETC.). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION VOLUME IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZEDBY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 AND #60OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE EFI SYSTEM PRODUCESCONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS.

* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM

THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU)FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (3), (4) TO (12) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TOTHIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TOTERMINAL IGT. THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.

* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (OXYGEN SENSOR) HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM

THE OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OFEXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR (NO. 1 AND NO. 2) TO IMPROVE DETECTIONPERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR(INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9) TO (10) ETC.), AND OUTPUT CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT AND CONTROL THE HEATER.

* IAC (IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC)) SYSTEM

THE IAC (ISC) SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHENTHE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON, THE ENGINECONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9) ETC.),OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1, ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE.

* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM

THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10), ETC)., ANDOUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL THG TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE.

* ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM)

ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED ANDCLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FORINCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS.

THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) JUDGES THE ENGINE SPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR ANDOUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL IACV TO CONTROL THE VSV (FOR OPENING AND CLOSING THE INTAKE CONTROL VALVE).

3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THEMALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THECODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).

4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THEENGINE.

72

ENGINE CONTROL

CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE (VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) ) OPEN

EFI MAIN RELAY2–4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION

V 5 VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER)1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE OPEN5–6: 0.2 – 0.6K (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)

0.02 – 1.2K (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)4–5: 0.2 – 0.4K5–7: 10.0 – 20.0K (–20°C, –4°F)

4.0 – 7.0K ( 0°C, 32°F) 2.0 – 3.0K ( 20°C, 68°F) 0.9 – 1.3K ( 40°C, 104°F) 0.4 – 0.7K ( 60°C, 140°F)

E 1 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1–2: 10.0 – 20.0K (–20°C, –4°F)

4.0 – 7.0K ( 0°C, 32°F) 2.0 – 3.0K ( 20°C, 68°F) 0.9 – 1.3K ( 40°C, 104°F) 0 4 – 0.7K ( 60°C, 140°F) 0 2 – 0.4K ( 80°C, 176°F)

E 7(A), E 8(B), E 9(C), E10 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))

VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T),ENGINE ECU (M/T)) WARNING CONNECTORBATT – E1 : ALWAYS 9.0 – 14.0 VOLTSIGSW – E1 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)M–REL–E1 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) +B – E1 : 9.0 – 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) +B1 – E1 : 9.0 – 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) IDL – E2 : 9.0 – 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)

0 – 3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) VC – E2 : ALWAYS 5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) VTA – E2 : 0.3 – 0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)

3.2 – 4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) VS – E2 : 4.0 – 5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) 2.0 – 4.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING)THA – E2 : 0.5 – 3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW – E2 : 0.2 – 1.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)#10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60

– E01: 9.0 – 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)IGT – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)IGF – E1 : 4.5– 5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)G1, G2 – G– : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) NE – G– : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4 – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C OPERATION)VF1, VF2 – E1 : 1.8 – 3.2 VOLTS (MAINTAIN ENGINE SPEED AT 2500RPM FOR TWO MINUTES AFTER WARMING UP THEN RETURN TO IDLING)OX1, OX2 – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (MAINTAIN ENGINE SPEED AT 2500RPM FOR TWO MINUTES AFTER WARMING UP)HT – E01 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE SPEED 4000 RPM, COOLANT TEMP. 20°C, 68°C OR HIGHER) BELOW 2.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING)KNK1, KNK2 – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) NSW – E1: 10.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND OTHER SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION)

BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION)SP1 – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (IGNITION SW ON AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL SLOWLY)TE1 – E1 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)TE2 – E1 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) W – E1 : BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (MULFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ON)

9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (MULFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP OFF AND ENGINE RUNNING)OD1 – E1 : 4.5– 5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)A/C – E1 : BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (A/C SW ON)

9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF)ACT – E1 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (A/C SW ON) 0– 1.5 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF)IACV – E01 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) STA – E1 : 6.0 VOLTS OR MORE (ENGINE CRANKING) STJ – E01 : 9.0– 14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE STARTING)

I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 INJECTOR1–2 : APPROX. 13.4–14.2

T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR3–1 : 0.28–6.4K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0MM (0 IN.)2–1 : LESS THAN 0.5K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.35 MM (0.014 IN.)

WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.7MM (0.028 IN.)3–1 : 2.0–11.6K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN

SERVICE HINTS

73


C 7 B 30 H11 31 K 2 29

C 8 A 30 I 1 29 N 1 29

D 1 28 I 2 29 O 2 29

D 2 28 I 3 29 O 3 29

D 3 31 I 4 29 S 8 B 31

E 1 28 I 5 29 S 9 A 31

E 3 28 I 6 29 T 2 29

E 7 A 30 I 7 29 V 1 29

E 8 B 30 I 8 29 V 2 29

E 9 C 30 I 9 29 V 3 29

E10 D 30 I11 31 V 5 28

F15 32 K 1 29

: RELAY BLOCKS





1A

1C

1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1G

1M

2A 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)


3A

3B24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)

3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)

3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

ED1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE (SIDE OF FRONT CYLINDER HEAD)

II1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL



IN1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

BW1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION)

: GROUND POINTS


EB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER


ED 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD LH


BL 40 UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS


E 11 34 ENGINE WIRE I 37

E 18 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 4338 COWL WIRE

E 2534 ENGINE WIRE

I 6638 COWL WIRE

E 2634 ENGINE WIRE

I 86

I 7 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I 8738 ENGINE WIRE

I 12 38 COWL WIRE I10538 ENGINE WIRE

74

ENGINE CONTROL

76

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED HYDRAULIC COOLING FAN

1 21 2

2

3

EB18

EC EB

I87 I87

1A7

3A15

IH27

3C16

4 2 3 10 9 8

1 6 5

6

I87

B–R

B–R

W–R B L

LBB L

L–W

L–W

L–W

L–R

L–R

W–B

L–YYY

–L

BR

BR

E SOL+ SOL– TH– TH+ HP

IGB TAC IDL


15AECU–IG

FROM IGNITER

TO COMBINATIONMETER

TO THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR

FROMENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE ECU)

SOLENOID VALVE(FOR HYDRAULIC MOTOR)

ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR(WARTER TEMP. SENSOR)(FOR COOLING FAN)

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1(CHECKCONNECTOR)

A/C HIGHPRESSURE SW

COOLING FAN ECUC12

S 1

E 4

D 1 A 2OPT

2 3

BLACKA 2

X 6

X X X

X X

X

X1 2

5

3 4

6 X 8 9 10

1 2

1 2

D 1 S 1E 4BLACKC12 GRAY

77

THE COOLING FAN ECU RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM SIGNAL FROM THE IGNITOR, ENGINE IDLE SPEEDSIGNAL FROM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR(WATER TEMP. SENSOR), A/C REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SIGNAL FROM A/C PRESSURE SW.THE COOLING FAN ECU JUDGES THE ENGINE TEMPERATURE BASED ON THE ABOVE–MENTIONED SIGNALS FROM ABOVEMENTION, DRIVES THE SOLENOID VALVE AND CONTROLS THE SPEED OF THE COOLING FAN STEPLESSLY.

FAIL–SAFE FUNCTIONWHEN A MALFUNCTION IS DETECTED BY THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) OR SOLENOID VALVE.THE FAIL–SAFE FUNCTION OF THE COOLING FAN ECU EITHER RELIES ON THE DATA STORED IN ITS MEMORY TO ALLOW THECOOLING SYSTEM TO CONTINUE OPERATING.

A 2 A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW2–3 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.58KG/CM2 (221.2PSI, 1527KPA)

CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 12.56 KG/CM2 (178.4PSI, 1231KPA)

C12 COOLING FAN ECU1–GROUND : APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON9–10: 2.5 VOLTS AT 20°C (68°F) AND IGNITION SW ON

1.2 VOLTS AT 80°C (176°F) AND IGNITION SW ON8– 4 : 10–14 VOLTS AT A/C PRESSURE SW ON (OPEN)

0–3 VOLTS AT A/C PRESSURE SW OFF (CLOSED)4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

E 4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR)1–2 : 1.5K AT 80°C (176°F)

0.7K AT 110°C (230°F)

: PARTS LOCATION


A 2 28 D 1 28 S 1 29

C12 30 E 4 29



1A 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

3A24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)




EB1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)

IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

78

HEADLIGHT (FOR USA)

15AHEAD(RH)

2A 2A2 6

3

4

13 14 12

11 9

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W

DIM

ME

RS

W

COMBINATION SW

2E1 2D8 2D4

2F2

R–B

HEADLIGHTRELAY

I25 E17

E17

IF

I10

E 8

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

6

1

E 9

E19

EB

I26 EC1

8

W

R–B

R

R–Y

RR R

R–Y

R–Y

W–B

R–B

R–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

R–Y

B

R–B

EC15

R–Y

R–Y

INTE

GR

AT

ION

RE

LAY

BA

TTE

RY

FL MAIN2. 0L

HIG

HB

EA

MIN

DIC

ATO

RLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LH( H

I)

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LH( L

O)

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

( HI)

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

( LO

)

C10

I12

C9

H3

H5

H4

H6

3 1

4 2

R–Y

15AHEAD(LH)

79

HEADLIGHT RELAY2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONPLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 100)

: PARTS LOCATION


C 9 30 H 4 28 I12 31

C10 30 H 5 28

H 3 28 H 6 28



2A22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2D22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)





EC1 34 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1)

: GROUND POINTS



IF 36 LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS


E 8 I 10


I 25 38 COWL WIRE


I 26

E 19

1

6 X X

119 12 13 14

1 2 1 23 4

I12C 9 BLUE C10 BLACK H 3, H 4 BLACK H 5, H 6 BLACK

SERVICE HINTS

80

HEADLIGHT AND FOG LIGHT (FOR CANADA)

13

11 9

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W

DIM

ME

RS

W

COMBINATION SW

2E1 2D8

1B7

3A18

3A17

I46

I54

I71

EE14

IE

12

2

1

2 14 5 3 2

16

4

1

3

2


W

B

W–B

R–B

G–R

R–B

R–B W

R–B

R–L

R–L

R–B

G

R–Y

W–B

W–B

R–Y

B B

WW

10AGAUGE

HEADLIGHTRELAY

INTEGRATION RELAY

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY(MAIN)

FL MAIN2. 0L

BATTERY

100A

ALT

I12

D 4

C10

3 1

4 2

FU

SE

BO

XF

7

I36

W–B

W–B

B

W2F

2

R–L

R–L

3

81

1D4 1B8 1D14

5 5

3A9 3D4

3D53B11

1E4 5

3C18

1M1

3A12

1C11

IG

1

EC18

E A

11 8 18 9 13

3 2

15 4 10 17

1

E A

EB1

6

15AECU–B

15ATAIL

TAILLIGHTRELAY

DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHTRELAY NO. 2

W

B

W–B

B

W

B R–L

W

R–LR

GL–Y

L–Y

G–R

G

R

YY

R–Y

R–Y

G W–B

W–B

W–B

TO GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR) ” L”

FROM BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SW

TO

ILLU

MIN

AT

ION

SY

ST

EM

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

ES

W

D 4

P4

J1

2 3

1 5

W

W–B

R–L R–L

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

J1

3A

10

3D

8

IH14

R–W

R–W

R–W

82


2

1

2

1

E 8

E12 E12

E19

E 1

2

1

2

1

2D45 57

2A2 2A6 7 5 1

77 7 7

7 77 7 7

EA15 EA14

EB

EC15

6

5 3 1 3

1 2

2

4 1 2 4

2 1

1

EA1

1

W

R–LW

W

R–B

W–R

R–G

W–B

R–B

R

R

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–G

W–B

R–GR

–G

R–B

R–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

15AHEAD(UPR–LH)

15AHEAD(UPR–RH)

7. 5ADRL

15AHEAD LO(LWR–LH)

20AFOG

W–B

HIG

HB

EA

MIN

DIC

AT

OR

LIG

HT

[CO

MB

.M

ETE

R]

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

NO

.4

HE

AD

LIG

HT

HIR

H

HE

AD

LIG

HT

HIL

H

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LOLH

HE

AD

LIG

HT

LOR

H

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

NO

.3

W

W W

W–R

H5

H6

C9

H4

H3

E16

R

EA EB

2

1

2

E 3 E 4

OFF

ON

1 1

1 1

EC111

E 6

5

4

3

15AHEAD LO(LWR–RH)

R–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

R–W

W–B

W–B

R–W

R–L

G–R

R

EA12

EA13

R–G

W–B

R–B

R–B


R

2 5

1 3

FOG LIGHTRELAY

FO

GLI

GH

TS

W[C

OM

B.

SW

]

C10

6

9

1

FRO

NT

FOG

LIG

HT

W–B

LH RHF 4F 3

W–B

R–L

EC1

7

R

83

CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY IS ALWAYS FLOWING FROM THE FL MAIN → HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 5 OF THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY AND TERMINAL 14 OF THE DIMMER SW, HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 3 OF THEINTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW, FL MAIN → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAYNO. 2 (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 17 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY, FL MAIN → ALT FUSE → TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE)→ TERMINAL 4 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY.

1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE GENERATED AT TERMINAL ’L’ OF THE GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) IS APPLIED TOTERMINAL 11 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY.

IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE RELAY IS NOT ENERGIZED, SO THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE. IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE LEVERSW OFF), THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FROM FL MAIN FLOWSTO ALT FUSE → TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TAIL FUSE → TAIL, LICENCE AND FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT → GROUND. ALSO,CURRENT FROM FL MAIN FLOWS TO DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (UPR–LH) FUSE → TERMINAL 1OF THE HEAD HI–LH → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE HEAD HI–RH → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND, SO BOTH TAIL AND HEADLIGHT UP.

THIS IS HOW THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES ANDTAIL, HEAD HAVE LIGHT UP, TAIL, HEAD REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON).

EVEN IF THE ENGINE STALLS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THERE IS NO VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL ’L’ OF THE GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR), TAIL, HEAD REMAIN ON. IF THE IGNITION SW IS THEN TURNED OFF, TAIL AND HEAD ARE TURNED OFF.

IF THE ENGINE IS STARTED WHILE THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES AND TAIL, HEAD LIGHT UP AS THE ENGINE STARTS.

2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION*WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT THE HEAD POSITION

WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE)FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11→ GROUND, TURNING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY ON.

THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → DRL FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAYNO. 3 (COIL SIDE) AND DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO.4 (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, TURNING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY NO. 3 AND NO. 4 ON. ALSO, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO HEAD (LWR) FUSES → TERMINAL 1OF THE HEADLIGHTS (LO) → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, SO THE HEADLIGHTS (LO SIDE) LIGHT UP.

*DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS SET TO FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 14 OFTHE DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, TURNING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY ON. AT THE SAME TIME, SIGNALS ARE OUTPUTFROM TERMINAL 12 AND TERMINAL 14 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 16 AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTRELAY, ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY AND ALSO THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 WHEN THEHEADLIGHT RELAY AND DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY ARE ACTIVATED, THE HEADLIGHTS (LO AND HI) THEN LIGHT UP.

*DIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION

WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW→ TERMINAL 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. WHEN THEDIMMER SW IS SET TO HIGH POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 16 OF THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. THESE SIGNALS ACTIVATE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROMDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (UPR–LH) FUSE → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT HI–LH →TERMINAL 2 → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO.4 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND CURRENT ALSO SIMULTANEOUSLY FLOWSFROM HEAD (RH–UPR) FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT RH–HI →TERMINAL 2 → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 (POINT SIDE), CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS (HI SIDE) TO LIGHT UP.

D 4 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION15–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON)13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

84


: PARTS LOCATION


C 9 30 F 7 28 I12 31

C10 30 H 3 28 J 1 31

D 4 30 H 4 28 P 4 31

F 3 28 H 5 28

F 4 28 H 6 28

: RELAY BLOCKS


1 25 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)

5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

7 27 R/B NO. 7 (NEAR THE BATTERY)



1B

1C


1E


1M





3A



3D



EA1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE (UNDER THE R/B NO. 7)




IH1 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS


EA 34 FRONT RIGHT FENDER


IE36 LEFT KICK PANEL

IF36 LEFT KICK PANEL


: SPLICE POINTS


E 1 E 1634 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

E 3 E 1934 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE


I 36


I 46 38 COWL WIRE

E 8 I 54

38 COWL WIRE

E 12 I 71 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

86

INTERIOR LIGHT

2E7

1K12 1C5

1K1 1H2 1H19

1K

7

3A

16

3D14

3C14

1B21B3

IG120 IQ115 IH22

IH28IQ25IG216 IG213

IQ119IG116

IG210 IQ214 IG212

2

1

2

1

1 1 1 1

2

1

2

12

IR19

I 7

B10

IE IJ

2

1

1C1

IH23

2

1

B11

A19

1

13 12

B

B B B


20ADOME

G–R

G–RR–WR–G

R–W

RR

R

R R RR

R

R–G

R

R–W

R–W

R–G

R–G

R–W

R–G

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–Y

R–G

R–W

G–B

R–Y

R

RR

G–R

I102

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YLI

GH

TF

RO

NT

RH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YLI

GH

TF

RO

NT

LH

DO

OR

KE

YC

YLI

ND

ER

LIG

HT

OPEN DOORINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

IGNITION KEYCYLINDER LIGHT

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

DIODE

DSWD DSWP

THEFT DETERRENTAND DOOR LOCK ECU

DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT RH

DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT LH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TR

H

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WR

EA

RR

H

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TLH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WR

EA

RLH

J 3

C 7 , C 8I10

D7

D8

D14

T 3

D18 D19

D10

D12

D9

D11

A B

87

1

2 4 3 6 10

1K15 1M1

1I

1

1I

4

1

2

OFF

ON

DO

OR

2

1 1

B 5

B 4

IE IG BK IF

2

1

1M5

1I6

IG216

IG22

IH215

B 7

4 2

1 1

B 5

R

RR R R R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

R R

W–B

R–W

INT

EG

RA

TIO

NR

ELA

Y

INTE

RIO

RLI

GH

T

PE

RS

ON

AL

LIG

HT

( W/

MO

ON

RO

OF)

PE

RS

ON

AL

LIG

HT

( W/O

MO

ON

RO

OF)

VA

NIT

YLI

GH

TLH

VA

NIT

YLI

GH

TR

H

DO

OR

HA

ND

LES

WD

13

I13

M2

P5

V6

V7

( W/

MO

ON

RO

OF)

(W/O MOON ROOF)

1H

6

BY15

2

1

1

R

RG

–RR

–W

2

1

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TM

EN

TLI

GH

T

L6

DIO

DE

D6

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

LIG

HT

SW

L7

2

88

INTERIOR LIGHT

INTEGRATION RELAY1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR (FRONT LH AND RH, REAR LH AND RH) OPEN2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN

D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION


C 7 A 30 D12 32 L 6 32

C 8 B 30 D13 32 L 7 32

D 6 32 D14 32 M 2 32

D 7 32 D18 32 P 5 32

D 8 32 D19 32 T 3 31

D 9 32 I10 31 V 6 32

D10 32 I13 32 V 7 32

D11 32 J 3 31



1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1I 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1K20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1M20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)


3A

3C 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)

3D

( )



IG136 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)



IQ138 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)


IR1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

BY1 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS





IJ 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BK 40 ROOF LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS


I 738 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

B 540 ROOF WIRE

I10238 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

B 740 ROOF WIRE

B 4 40 ROOF WIRE B 10 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

90

TAILLIGHT

EE14

2

1

11

1

2

2

2

1

2

1

E 3 E 4

E 2

1E4 1B81D14

3D4

3D5

EC13

IF EB EA

LIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W OFF

TAIL

HEAD

GG

GG G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G

G–B

G–R

G–R

WW

B

TAILLIGHTRELAY 15A

TAIL

100A

ALT

FL MAIN2. 0L

BATTERY

INTEGRATIONRELAY

DAYTIMERUNNINGLIGHT RELAY

COMBINATION SW

W–B

FRO

NT

CLE

AR

AN

CE

LIG

HT

LH

FRO

NT

CLE

AR

AN

CE

LIG

HT

RH

1H

7G

2 3

1 5

3

4D 4

I12

F7

F5

F6

C10

FU

SE

BO

X

( CA

NA

DA

)

( US

A)

TO DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

G

G

(CANADA)

E

E

EJUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

( CA

NA

DA

)

91

G

G

G

1H9

10AGAUGE

1B

6

–+

5 8 4


Y–G

Y

R–L

LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

DELAYCIRCUIT

L 2

REAR LIGHTWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

C 8 , C 9

–+

TA

ILLI

GH

TR

H

LIC

EN

SE

PLA

TELI

GH

TR

H

2

61

TA

ILLI

GH

TLH

LIC

EN

SE

PLA

TELI

GH

TLH

2

61

BO

A1

B11

BL

A

A

7 12 11

BY16 BY14

BY11

G

G

W–B

LG–R

G

LG–R G

LGLG

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

II117

Y–G

A B

B31

B29

TAILLIGHT AND LICENSEPLATE LIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHT]

TAILLIGHT AND LICENSEPLATE LIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHT]

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

R 7 R 6

B22

92

TAILLIGHT

WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE LIGHTFAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURESENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIIGHT CIRCUIT ISOPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THELIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 7, 12 AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.

AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNSTHE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.

TAILLIGHT RELAY3–5: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR4, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 11–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C 8 A 30 F 6 28 L 2 32

C 9 B 30 F 7 28 R 6 32

C10 30 I12 31 R 7 32

D 4 30 J 1 32

F 5 28 J 5 32



1B


1E



3D 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)





II1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)


: GROUND POINTS






BO 40 BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS


E 2 B 22 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

E 3 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE B 2940 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE

E 4 B 3140 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

94

ILLUMINATION

IF IJ

1D10

3D5

1B5 1D2 3D11 3C11

1L8 1D1 3D1 3C1

1D14 3D9 3D201B81E4

1

2

3

7

3

2

1

3

2

1

1

2

B

A A

11

1

3 9

2

2 3

2

2

4 10

1

1 5

B

1L7 1B4 1D11

3D

4

3C

4

OFF

TAIL

HEADLIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

LS

W

I52

2

1

IH2

12

WB

G–R

G–B

G–R

G

G

G

GG G

G G

IH216G

G

G

G–W B B B

B

W–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

G

B

W–G

B

W–G

TAILLIGHTRELAY

15ATAIL

BATTERY

COMBINATION SW

G

GEE14

W

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY

100A

ALT

FUSE BOX

INTEGRATIONRELAY

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IH110

B

GLOVE BOXLIGHT SW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

GLO

VE

BO

XLI

GH

T

A/C

CO

NT

RO

LA

SS

EM

BLY

HA

ZA

RD

SW

AS

HT

RA

YIL

LUM

INA

TIO

N

HE

AD

LIG

HT

CLE

AN

ER

SW

J 2

G 4

C10

I12

J 2

F 7

G3

A12

H9

C5

H10 E

11

D 4

( US

A)

(CANADA)( CA

NA

DA

)( C

AN

AD

A)

(CANADA)

( US

A)

( CA

NA

DA

)

ELE

CTR

ON

ICC

ON

TR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

PA

TT

ER

NS

ELE

CT

SW

FL MAIN2. 0L

95

IG

3D6

1C11

3C21 3C20 1D6

3C18

1M1

4

2

6

3

6

3

9

2

23

1 4 8

A

2 5 6

3

7

6

4

5

25

A

I79

I69

I74

I47

I51

I48

IH11

IJ1

9

IJ1

5

IJ1

6

IJ1

8

IJ1

7

7

3

W–G

B

W–G

G

G

R–G

R–W

R–L

G G

R–L

R–W

R–B

R–G

R–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–Y

R–L

W–BB

GGG

GG

GG

GG

GG R–L

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

R 4

C 8

R 5

J2

TR E2 E

T IG

RE

RV

RLR–B

R–G

RHEOSTATVOLUME

RHEOSTAT

COMBINATIONMETER

TO A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

10AGAUGE

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

I78

I80

I78

I80

A/T

IND

ICA

TO

R( S

HIF

TLE

VE

R)

RA

DIO

AN

DP

LAY

ER

SE

AT

HE

ATE

RS

W( D

RIV

ER

’S

)

SE

AT

HE

ATE

RS

W( P

AS

SE

NG

ER

’S

)

O4

R1 S

5

S6


4

I49

R–G

96

ILLUMINATION

TAILLIGHT RELAY3–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)

CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA)

R 4 RHEOSTAT2–4, 8 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLT WITH FULLY TURNED CLOCKWISE

: PARTS LOCATION


A12 30 G 3 31 R 1 31

C 5 30 G 4 31 R 4 31

C 8 30 H 9 31 R 5 31

C10 30 H10 31 S 5 31

D 4 30 I12 31 S 6 31

E11 30 J 2 31

F 7 28 O 4 31



1B

1C

1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1E20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1L

1M

3C24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)

3D24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)






IJ1 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE COMBINATION METER)

: GROUND POINTS





: SPLICE POINTS


I 47 I 69

I 48 I 74

I 49 38 COWL WIRE I 78 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 51 I 79

I 52 I 80

SERVICE HINTS

98

FRONT FOG LIGHT (FOR USA)

1

20AFOG

EA EB

2

1

2

E 3 E 4

IF

OFF

ON

1 1

1 1

EC111

E 6

5

2

15AHEAD(RH)

R–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

R–W

W–B

W–B

R–W

G–R

R–B


2 5

1 3

FOG LIGHTRELAY

FOG LIGHT SW[COMB. SW]

C10

6

9

1

FR

ON

TF

OG

LIG

HT

W–B

LH RHF 4F 3

E17 EC1

5

TO

HE

AD

LIG

HT

RH

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

9

3

R–L

W–B

DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]

C10

99

(1) FOG LIGHT RELAY3–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION


C10 30 F 3 28 F 4 28

: RELAY BLOCKS


1 25 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)





: GROUND POINTS





: SPLICE POINTS






6

9

1 2

F 3, F 4 BLACKC10 BLACK

SERVICE HINTS

100

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

7 9 5 6 1 5 8

3

10 8

B

BF

F

1

3

2

4

2

4

1

3

A8 B2

C23

3D6

1A4

1C11

1H16

3C18

1M1

IGEABOEBIF

1M5

1C8

BY19 BY18

6

EC14 EC11

II12

I32

I31

1A2 2E5

I34

6

6

2

1

I33

G–R

G–W

G–B

G–Y

G–W

G–B

G–Y

G–YG

–BG

–B

W–B

G–B

G–B

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–B

W–B

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–Y

G–B

L

G–B

G–B

W

G–Y


7. 5ATURN

15AHAZ–HORN

HAZARD TURN

HAZARD SWTURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]

OFF

ON

RH

LH

TURN SIGNALFLASHER

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

LH RH

FR

ON

TTU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

TLH

RE

AR

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

LIG

HT

LH[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

RE

AR

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

TR

H]

FRO

NT

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

TR

H

TU

RN

SIG

NA

LIN

DIC

ATO

RLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

C7

,C

8,

C9

F5

R6

R7 F

6

J 1 J 1

AC

B

H 9C10

101

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER(6) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD SW ON(6) 1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX. 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT, OR

HAZARD SW ON(6) 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C 7 A 30 F 5 28 R 6 32

C 8 C 30 F 6 28 R 7 32

C 9 B 30 H 9 31

C10 30 J 1 31

: RELAY BLOCKS





1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)


1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)









: GROUND POINTS







: SPLICE POINTS


I 3138 COWL WIRE

I 3338 COWL WIRE

I 3238 COWL WIRE

I 3438 COWL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

102

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

103

STOP LIGHT

104

STOP LIGHT

1M3 1H9 1D6

1H17

1M6

B23G–W

G–R

G–W

G–W

G–W

Y–G

Y

R–L


25ASTOP

10AGAUGE

A1

B11

L 2

C 8 , C 9A B

Y–G

REAR LIGHT WARNINGLIGHT [COMB. METER]

62 111

9 8 4LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR10

–+

+–

+– DELAY

CIRCUIT

BY112 BY114

BO BLBM

2 2 2

A

3 3 1 A

BX23BX21

1

2

( W/

CD

CH

AN

GE

R)

STOP LIGHTSW

G–O

G–R

R R

W–B

R

R

G–R

G–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

ST

OP

LIG

HT

RH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

TR

H]

ST

OP

LIG

HT

LH[R

EA

RC

OM

B.

LIG

HT

LH]

HIG

HT

MO

UN

TS

TOP

LIG

HT

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

R6

R7

H12

J 5

S12

( W/O

CD

CH

AN

GE

R)

II117

105

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWSTHROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT ISOPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINALS 9, 10 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINALS 1, 2, 6 CHANGES, SO THELIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR ISACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUNDAND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OFTHE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLD AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED OFF.

S12 STOP LIGHT SW2–1: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR1, 2, 6, 9, 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON

4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C 8 A 30 J 5 32 R 7 32

C 9 B 30 L 2 32 S12 31

H12 32 R 6 32









BX2 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)


: GROUND POINTS



BM 40 UNDER THE RIGHT QUARTER PILLAR


: SPLICE POINTS


B 23 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

106

BACK–UP LIGHT

1D6

IM32

5

6

1

2

IM31

II110

B30

BO

22

5 5


R–L

R–B

R–B

R–L

R–L

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

W–B

10AGAUGE

BACK–UPLIGHT SW(M/T)

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

NS

W( N

EU

TR

AL

ST

AR

TS

W)(

A/T

)

BACK–UPLIGHT RH[REAR COMB.LIGHT RH]

BACK–UPLIGHT LH[REAR COMB.LIGHT LH]

B 1

P1

R 6 R 7

(M/T)

( A/T

)( A

/T)

(M/T)

W–B

BY13

107

B 1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION

P 1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)]6–5 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


B 1 28 R 6 32

P 1 29 R 7 32






II1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE

IM3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE

BY1 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

: GROUND POINTS



: SPLICE POINTS


B30 40 LUGGAGE ROOM MAIN WIRE

1 2 5 6 2

5

R 6 , R 7B 1 G R A Y P 1 G R A Y

SERVICE HINTS

108

HEADLIGHT CLEANER (FOR CANADA)

2F2

1A13 1M22E1

I65

I28

EC110IO117

IH12

IO118

4

3

IH112

I10

EA IF

M

2

1

12 9 11

14 13

3

5

16

2 3

415

TIMER

3 1

4

4 220AWIPER

40AAM1

TO” HEAD” FUSE,” DRL” FUSE

HEADLIGHTRELAY


B

R–B R–B

B

W L

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–G

Y–R

Y–R

W L

R–B

R–Y

W–B

R–Y

W–B

W–B

R–Y

W–B

W–B

L

DIM

ME

RS

WLI

GH

TC

ON

TRO

LS

W

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

OFF

TAIL

HEADHEADLIGHT CLEANERRELAY

COMBINATIONSW

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY

HEADLIGHTCLEANERSWBATTERY

FL MAIN2. 0L

INTEGRATIONRELAY

HEADLIGHTCLEANERMOTOR

H10

D 4

I12

H 2

C10

R–B

H 1

109

H 2 HEADLIGHT CLEANER RELAY5–2 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION AND HEADLIGHT CLEANER SW ON

CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION AND HEADLIGHT CLEANER SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION


C10 30 H 1 28 H10 31

D 4 30 H 2 28 I12 31



1A20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)








I01 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 1038 COWL WIRE

I 65 38 COWL WIRE

I 2838 COWL WIRE

119 12 13 14

X 5 X X

X X 16

21

1

4 5

2 3

X

3 4 3 4

C10 D 4 H 1 H 2

H10 I12

BLACK GRAY GRAY BLACK

BLACK

SERVICE HINTS

110

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

1

IFIG

OFF

TAIL

HEAD

1E4 2F2

1B8 2E12E7

1C1

1H2

A2 A3

A1 A4

1M1

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

410

3

2

11

2 13

71

5

1

W

B

G–R

R–B

R

G R–Y

R–G

BB

W–B

W–B

10AGAUGE

TAILLIGHTRELAY

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY( U

SA

)

INTEGRATION RELAY

Q

Q

S

R

R

S

HEADLIGHTRELAY20A

DOME

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TLH

100A

ALT

BATTERY

FL MAIN2. 0L

W

1 5 4 2

332

D4

FUS

EB

OX

F7

D9

COMBINATION SWC10

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 56)

2

1

DIO

DE

( US

A)

1

2D8

WTO

”H

EA

DR

H”

FUS

E( U

SA

) ,”

HE

AD

LOLH

”F

US

E( C

AN

AD

A)

G–B

(CANADA)

I71

4

HTAIL

T

TOTAIL FUSE

R–B

( CA

NA

DA

)

R–B

( CA

NA

DA

)

R–B

E11B

2

11 13

X 3 4 5 X X

X X

11 2 1 2 3 4

C10 BLACK

D 4 GRAY

D 9 F 7

I12 A

I12 A

G–R

( CA

NA

DA

)

EE14

W

111

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGEFUSE.

VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE),AND TO TERMINAL (A)3 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE).

1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION(TURN TAILLIGHT ON)

WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A)1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY.ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)1 →TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON.

(TURN HEADLIGHT ON)

WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS (A)1 AND (A)4 OF THE INTEGRATIONRELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)4 →TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHTAND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.

2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWITH LIGHTS ON AND IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN DOOR ON DRIVER’SSIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFFWHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL (A)1 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL (A)3 TOTERMINAL (A)4 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.

I12 INTEGRATION RELAY7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION(A) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF POSITION

4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN(A) 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION(A) 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C10 30 D 9 32 I12 A 31

D 4 30 F 7 28



1B

1C 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1E

20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)



2D 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

2E 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)





: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


E 11 34 ENGINE WIRE I 71 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

112

WIPER AND WASHER

1M2

I36 I21 E20

I23

IO111

IO1

17

M

1

2

M

3 1 6 52

WA

SH

ER

OFF

INT

MIS

T

LO HIG

H

8

16

6

14

7

4

18

13

IF


+1 +1S +2 B +S

LL

L L L

L–W

W–G

LG–R

L–B

L–W

L–W

W–B

W–G

LG–R

L–O

L–B

L–Y

L

L

L

LL–

W

L

L–W

L–B

L–B

L–O

L–Y

L–B

W–L L

L–O

L–Y

W–B

20AWIPER

WIPER MOTOR

WIPER AND WASHER (W/ WIPER RELAY)[COMB. SW]

WASHERMOTOR

SW

ITC

HIN

GC

ON

NE

CT

OR

W 4

W 1

C11

WIPER RELAY

EA EB

E 4

4

W–B

W–B

W–B

IO115 IO112 IO116 IO114

113

3C18

1M1

IO31 IO32 IO33 IO36 IO37 IO38

M

3C6

1C11

IG

14 13 12 5 6 8 9

10 3 4 1 7

1 2 3 4 5 6

L

L–W

W–G

LG–R

L–B

L–W L

R–Y

R–L

Y–GR

R–B

G–RW

–BW

–B G–R

R–B R

Y–G R–L

R–Y

W–B

E CO PA1 PA2 PA3 M/F M/B

+1 C1 +2S W B

WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR

WIPER CONTROLRELAY

NO

.1

NO

.2

NO

.3

W 5

W 3

114

WIPER AND WASHER

1. LOW SPEED OPERATIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED TO LO POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPERAND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTORTO OPERATE AT LOW SPEED. INPUT OF A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THEWIPER MOTOR AT THIS TIME CAUSES THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY TO OPERATE AS EXPLAINED FOR INT POSITION OPERATION.

2. HIGH SPEED OPERATIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED TO HI POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY FROMTERMINAL 6 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW. THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY SENDS CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE TOTERMINAL 7 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 →TERMINAL 9 OF WIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 14 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR TO ROTATEUNTIL THE NO. 2 SW INSIDE THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS ON AND THE NO. 3 SW IS OFF. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENTFLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 2 OF WIPERMOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER MOTOR TO OPERATE AT HIGH SPEED.

3. INT POSITIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED TO INT POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 14 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW TOTERMINAL 3 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY. THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY DOSE NOT OPERATE WHEN NO. 1 SW INSIDE THEWIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS ON. AT OTHER TIMES, WHEN NO. 3 SW INSIDE THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS ON,CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OF WIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPERANGLE CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 9 OF WIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 14 → GROUND, CAUSING THEWIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR TO ROTATE UNTIL NO. 1 SW INSIDE THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS TURNED ON.

WHEN NO. 3 SW INSIDE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS OFF, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OFTHE WIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 6 OF WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 8 OFWIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 14 → GROUND, ROTATING THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR UNTIL NO. 1 SW INSIDETHE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR IS TURNED ON. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT OF THE WIPER RELAY.THIS CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 →TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE WIPER MOTOR. THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION ISCONTROLLED BY THE CHARGED/DISCHARGED STATE OF THE CONDENSER INSIDE THE WIPER RELAY.

BY ADJUSTING THE “INT TIME” CONTROL VOLUME SW, THE CONDENSER RECHARGE INTERVAL IS ADJUSTED, THEREBYCHARGING THE INTERMITTENT INTERVAL.

4. MIST POSITIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED TO MIST POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPERAND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE MIST CIRCUIT OF THE WIPER RELAY. ACCORDINGLY, WHEN THEWIPER SW IS AT OFF OR INT POSITION ONLY, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER ANDWASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE WIPER MOTOR. ATTHIS TIME, INPUT OF A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTORCAUSES THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY TO OPERATE AS DESCRIBED FOR INT POSITION OPERATION.

5. OFF POSITIONWHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED TO OFF POSITION FROM ANOTHER POSITION AND A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE WIPER ANDWASHER SW, AND A WIPER MOTOR STOP SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY FROM TERMINAL 1OF THE WIPER MOTOR THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY THEN SENDS CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OF THEWIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 6 OF WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 8 OFWIPER CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 14 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR TO ROTATE UNTIL THE NO. 2SW AND NO. 3 SW INSIDE THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR BOTH TURN ON.

WHEN THE SWITCHING CONNECTOR ON THE WIPER MOTOR IS TURNED OFF, THE OPERATION EXPLAINED ABOVE IS CANCELLED.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

115

6. WASHER LINKED OPERATIONWHEN THE WASHER SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WASHER TO OPERATE ANDTHE WINDSHIELD WASHER TO SPRAY.

THIS CURRENT FLOW ALSO ACTIVATES THE WASHER LINKED CIRCUIT OF THE WIPER RELAY, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM THEWIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 4→ GROUND, ACTIVATING THE WIPER MOTOR. AT THIS TIME, INPUT OF A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE WIPER CONTROL RELAYFROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTOR CAUSES THE WIPER CONTROL RELAY TO OPERATE AS DESCRIBED FOR INT POSITIONOPERATION.

DUE TO THE OPERATION OF THE CONDENSER INSIDE THE WIPER RELAY, THE WIPER MOTOR DOES NOT IMMEDIATELY STOPWHEN THE WASHER SW IS TURNED OFF.

C11 WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW OR MIST POSITION

APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2 TO 11 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION

W 3 WIPER MOTOR5–6 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C11 30 W 3 29 W 5 31

W 1 29 W 4 29



1C20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)





IO138 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)


: GROUND POINTS






: SPLICE POINTS



I 2338 COWL WIRE


I 3638 COWL WIRE

I 21 38 COWL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

116

POWER WINDOW

2E7 1L1

1K12

1C1

IH2

3

IH2

13

IH25

M2 1

2

1

2

1

IQ115 IG120

IJ IE

6 3

A2 A8 B8

A20 A16 A12 A13

B

RR

G–B

W–B

R–W

R–G

R G

R–G

R–G

R–W

W–B

W–B W

–B

B–R B–R

R–L

W–L

R–W

R R


20ADOME

15AECU–IG

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

KEY OFF POWER CIRCUITTHEFT DETERRENT ANDDOOR LOCK ECU

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW ANDDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW

DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT RH

DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT LH

POWER WINDOWMOTOR FRONT LH

UP

DO

WN

AU

TO

NO

RM

AL

FRONT LH

P 9

J 3

D19 D18

P10

T 3 , T 4A B

LOC

K4

W–B

IG116

W–B

+

–+

–

B 3W–B

W–B

B

117

M2 1

5 1

11 13 7 14 1210

8

1 5

32

AA

IG17

IH217

IF12IF16IF113IR12IR13IR113

IQ19IQ114IQ110

BV17 BV16 BV15 BU17 BU13 BU15

IG15 IG115

IG111 IG112 IG16 IG113

IH2

18

IH2

10

1L6

1M1 1K11 1K10 1K2

IG

I 6

4 2 3

G R

P11

P6

P 9

J 3

M1 2

5 1

4 2 3

G R

M2 1

5 1

4 2 3

G R

LL

LL

W–B

G–W R–L

G–W R–L L

G–B

R–B

G–B

R–B

G–Y

R–Y

R–Y

G–Y

L

G–W R–L

G–B

R–B

G–Y

R–Y

G–B

R–B L

G–Y

R–Y L

W–B

W–L

L

L

L

L

LL

L L

W–L

R–L

L

P12 P13

P7

P8


30APOWER

W–L

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

POWER MAINRELAY

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW ANDDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW

REAR RHFRONT RH REAR LH

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

POWER WINDOW MOTORFRONT RH

POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR RH

POWER WINDOW MOTORREAR LH

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SW

RE

AR

LH

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SW

RE

AR

RHPO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SW

FR

ON

TR

H

DO

WN

I103

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

118

POWER WINDOW

WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)2 OF THEFT DETERRENTAND DOOR LOCK ECU → TERMINAL (B)8 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND. THISACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 3 (FRONT RH) AND TERMINAL 3 (REAR LH, RH) OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW.

1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (DRIVER’S) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENTFLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUND AND CAUSESTHE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED.IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM → TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 6 OFTHE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THEMASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND CAUSINGTHE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.

2. AUTO DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW SW IN THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY ON THE DOWN SIDE, CURRENTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND. BECAUSE THE HOLD CIRCUIT INSIDE THE MASTER SW KEEPS THERELAY ON THE DOWN SIDE ACTIVATED, THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR CONTINUES OPERATING EVEN IF THE POWER WINDOWMASTER SW IS RELEASED. WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW IS FULLY LOWERED, THE HOLD CIRCUIT TURNS OFF AND THE RELAYON THE DOWN SIDE TURNS OFF, SO AUTO DOWN OPERATION STOPS.

3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOWWHEN THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS INTHE MASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TO TERMINAL 4 , SO THE MOTORSTOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MASTER SW IS PULLED CONTINUOUS, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THEUP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUNDAND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLYWHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THEMOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHENTHE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN.AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVECIRCUIT.

5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWITH IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWSFROM POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)8 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)20 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (B)8 →TERMINAL 1 OF POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMALOPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAYMAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPENDETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS(A)12 OR (A)13 OF THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOOK ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENTOF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

119

P 9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) UP6–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN

POSITION

WINDOW LOCK SWOPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


D18 32 P 8 32 P13 32

D19 32 P 9 32 T 3 A 31

J 3 31 P10 32 T 4 B 31

P 6 32 P11 32

P 7 32 P12 32



1C


1L20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1M




IF1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

IG1 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)


IQ1 38 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)




: GROUND POINTS


IE 36 LEFT KICK PANEL



: SPLICE POINTS



B 3 40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE


SERVICE HINTS

120

SEAT HEATER

R

I81

I82

B34

IJBL BM

BZ13 BZ11

IR38 IR318

Ba13 Ba11

Bc14

IF11 IF111

Bb12 Bb12 Bc12 Bc11

IH27

1

2

1

2

1L10

3

5 1 4 4 5 1

A

2 1

2 2

B

B

A

3

2 1

Ba1

5


R

W–B

W–B

R

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

R

W–B

W–B

L L

L–Y

L–O

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

L–O

L–O

L–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B Y

B Y

B YYB

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

SEAT HEATER LH(FOR SEAT CUSHION)

SEAT HEATER RH(FOR SEAT CUSHION)

SEAT HEATER RH(FOR SEAT BACK)

SEAT HEATER LH(FOR SEAT BACK)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

FROMPOWER SEAT SW(PASSENGER’ S)

SEAT HEATER SW(DRIVER’ S)

SEAT HEATER SW(PASSENGER’ S)

15ASEATHTR

S13

J 5

S15

J 2

S14 S16

S 5 S 6

W–B

HH L LH L

L LHHLH

Bb14 BZ15

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)

9

W–B

P14

121

S 5, S 6 SEAT HEATER SW2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY2–5 : CONTINUITY WITH SEAT HEATER SW AT HIGH POSITION2–1 : CONTINUITY WITH SEAT HEATER SW AT LOW POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


J 2 31 S 5 31 S14 33

J 5 32 S 6 31 S15 33

P14 33 S13 33 S16 33



1L 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)



IF1 34 FLOOR NO.1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)


IR3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

BZ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Ba1 42 FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

Bb1 42 SEAT LH NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Bc1 42 SEAT RH NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS





: SPLICE POINTS



B 34 42 SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE


BB

B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

A

A A

A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 24 5

J 2 J 5 S 5, S 6

X

9

X

1 2

S13, S15

123

S14, S16

P14

SERVICE HINTS

122

POWER SEAT

1H20

BZ14

BZ15M

1 2M

2 1M

1 2M

2 1

RE

AR

FR

ON

T

DO

WN

UP

RE

AR

FR

ON

T

DO

WN

UP

5 8 12 11 4 7 2 6 9

10

BL

30APOWER

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)

SLIDE FRONTVERTICAL RECLINING REAR

VERTICAL

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATSLIDE CONTROL)

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATFRONT VERTICALCONTROL)

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATRECLINING MOTORCONTROL)

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR DRIVER’ S SEATREAR VERTICALCONTROL)

W–L W–LR

–WR

–W

L

L–B

L–R

L–W

R–G

R–B

L–Y R

W–B

W–B

P19 P16 P18 P17

J 2


1

1K

2A A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

P14

A

A

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

IH2

10 W–L

FR

OM

SE

AT

HE

AT

ER

LH

W–B

123

Ba14

IR14

Ba15

M1 2

M1 2

RE

AR

FR

ON

T

RE

AR

FR

ON

T

BM

5

7 8 2 3 4

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR PASSENGER’ SSEAT SLIDECONTROL)

POWER SEAT MOTOR(FOR PASSENGER’ SSEAT RECLININGCONTROL)

W–L

W–L

W–L

L

L–B

R–G

R–B

W–B

W–B

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

RECLININGSLIDE

P15

P21 P20

B35 FROMSEAT HEATER RH

W–B

W–B

124

POWER SEAT

P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’S SEAT)10–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR PASSENGER’S SEAT) 5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


J 2 31 P16 33 P20 33

J 5 32 P17 33 P21 33

P14 33 P18 33

P15 33 P19 33




1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)






Ba1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


B 35 42 SEAT RH NO. 1 WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

125

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

126

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

5

1

1

1

2

2E7

1D

6

1C7

1G2 1H2 1H5

1M1

1G4

BZ15

BZ12

1C1

IG BL

R–W

R

R–L

W–B

R–G

R–Y

R–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–L

TIMER

BUZZER

9 7 1


10AGAUGE

20ADOME

INTEGRATION RELAY

SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

10 5 6 8

UNLOCKWARNING SW[IGNITION SW]

DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT LH

BUCKLESW

C 7 , C 8

I11

D 9 B 5

A1

B14

B A

A

A

W–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

127

CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE DOME FUSE.

1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO THE TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATIONRELAY AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND, FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS, CURRENTFLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY→ TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THEWARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 10 → GROUND ANDTHE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF SEAT BELT IS PUT ON DURING THISPERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY STOPS AND THE CURRENT FLOWFROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.

2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOROPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TERMINALS 5 AND 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAYOPERATES, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE UNLOCK WARNINGBUZZER SOUNDS.

B 5 BUCKLE SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT USE

D 9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN

INTEGRATION RELAY10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER 8–GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE 9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION SW ON 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY CYLINDER

: PARTS LOCATION


B 5 33 C 8 A 30 I11 31

C 7 B 30 D 9 32 J 5 32



1C

1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1G








: GROUND POINTS




SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

128

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

2E7

1C1

1C

5

1K

12

1 1 1 1

5

1

3A

6

3C

14

IF1

1421

BL IG IJ

IF112 IF19

IF1

20

IF1

8

IF110

I71

IH219

1G2

1K14

1G4

1M1

1H2

1H

19

1K

1

IH22

IR19

A14 A15 A6 A16

IG14 IQ111

A

A

1

7 10 5 4 6 2 3 8


20ADOME

TO

DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

LH

TO

DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

RH

R

P

Y

L–Y

W–B

R–Y

L–B

Y–L

Y–R

P

Y

RRR–Y

R–W

R–W

R

R–Y

W–B

R–W

W–B

R–W

R–G

R–W

R–W

R–W

Y–R Y–L

L–B

L–Y PY

Y–R Y–L

L–B

W–B

L–B

Y–L

Y–R L–

BR

–L

Y–L

Y–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

GND CTY L UL KSN LSW2 LSWD FSSR L1 UL1 KSW E

+B

I100

I 1

J5

D11

D9

D12

D10

I11

B20

B10

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WR

EA

RLH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TLH

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WR

EA

RR

H

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

WFR

ON

TR

H

UN

LOC

KW

AR

NIN

GS

W[IG

NIT

ION

SW

]

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU

T 3 , T 4 BAW 7

W 6WIRELESS DOORLOCK MAIN SW

IH1

3R

1

2

129

A20 A8

A13 A11 A12 A7 B2A3 B3 A4

IG120

IG110

IG114 IQ115

M

6 4 2

3 1 5

M

2 6 5

1 4 7

M

2 6 5

1 4 7

M

6 4 2

3 1 5

IQ116

IQ118 BU12

BU11

BU13 BV12

BV11

BV13

IR121 IR116

IR18

1K2

IE BMBL

IG116

I 4I 2

I 3

IG119 IQ119 IQ116 BU14 IF117

BU18

BV14 IR117

BV18

IH2

10

IH2

3

AB

A

B

A

AR R W–L

Y

L–Y

P

W–B

L–B L–B L–B L–B

L–R

L–Y L–Y

R–B

L–R

W–L

R

W–L

R–G P Y

R–W L–

Y

L–B

R–B

L–R

L–R

R–B

L–R

L–Y

R–B

L–RYL–RP

R–G

P

L–R

R–W

Y

L–R

R–W

L–Y

L–R

R–B

L–Y

L–R

L–R

L–Y

R–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

W–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B L–

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

30APOWER


JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

,D

OO

RU

NLO

CK

AN

DO

PE

ND

ET

EC

TIO

NS

WF

RO

NT

LH

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

,D

OO

RU

NLO

CK

AN

DO

PE

ND

ET

EC

TIO

NS

WF

RO

NT

RH

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

,D

OO

RU

NLO

CK

AN

DO

PE

ND

ET

EC

TIO

NS

WR

EA

RLH

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

,D

OO

RU

NLO

CK

AN

DO

PE

ND

ET

EC

TIO

NS

WR

EA

RR

H

DSWD LSWD DSWP LSWP LSWRACT– CTY ACT–

+B1 +B2

I96

I99

B 9

I101

I96

IF118 IF116

W–B

W–B

L–B

B 2 B12

I97

B14

I97

B17

L–B

J 5

D18

D19

D20

D21

T 3 , T 4

J 3

BA

L–Y

L–R

I95IF1

6

L–Y

L–Y

130

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

DOOR LOCK CONTROL (LOCK AND UNLOCK) IS PERFORMED BY REMOTE CONTROL, WITHOUT THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED INTHE DOOR KEY CYLINDER, USING LOW–POWER RADIO WAVES EMITTED BY A TRANSMITTER BUILT INTO IGNITION KEY.

1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATIONWITH THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK MAIN SW ON, THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCKWARNING SW OFF) AND ALL THE DOORS COMPLETELY CLOSED, WHEN THE SW (TRANSMITTER) ON THE IGNITION KEY ISPUSHED, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU RECEIVES THE ELECTRICAL WAVES FROM THE IGNITION KEY (TRANSMITTER),CAUSING IT TO OPERATE.

AS A RESULT, THE ECU JUDGES WHETHER THE DOOR IS LOCKED OR UNLOCKED BASED ON THE SIGNAL FROM THE DOOR LOCKMOTOR, AND SENDS A SIGNAL TO THE DOOR LOCK ECU TO SW THE CONDITION FROM LOCK TO UNLOCK OR VICE VERSA,CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE (FOR THE CURRENT FLOW DURING LOCK AND UNLOCK REFER TO THE DOORLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM.)

2. AUTO LOCK OPERATIONAFTER PUSHING THE IGNITION KEY SW (TRANSMITTER) TO UNLOCK ALL THE DOORS, IF A DOOR IS NOT OPENED WITHIN 30SECONDS, ALL OF THE DOORS ARE AUTOMATICALLY LOCKED AGAIN.

3. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK STOP FUNCTIONIF A DOOR IS OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW TO THE WIRELESS DOORLOCK ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK.

IF THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE UNLOCK WARNING SW INPUT A SIGNALTO THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK.

4. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTIONIF THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK CONDITION DOES NOT CHANGE AFTER WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK OPERATION, THEDOOR LOCK ECU SENDS CURRENT TEN TIMES TO THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR. IF THE DOOR LOCK CONDITION STILL HAS NOTCHANGED AS A RESULT THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU STOPS RECEPTION AND STOPS DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK FUNCTION.

BY MANUALLY OPERATION THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK, THE STOP CONDITION OF THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK FUNCTION ISRELEASED.

D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPENED

I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

W 7 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIRELESS DOOR LOCK MAIN SW ON7–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

10–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR OPENED6–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

: PARTS LOCATION


D 9 32 D19 32 J 5 32

D10 32 D20 32 T 3 A 31

D11 32 D21 32 T 4 B 31

D12 32 I11 31 W 6 31

D18 32 J 3 31 W 7 32




1G20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)





3A24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)


SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

131









BU1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. I WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BV1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS







: SPLICE POINTS


I 1 I10038 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE





I 4 B 9 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

I 71 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B 10 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I 95 B 12 40 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE


B 14 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE


B 17 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE


132

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL

3

1 2

3

1 2

4

2 1

2

3 1

IG11 IG12 IG14 IG13 IQ17 IQ18 IQ15 IQ111IQ19

I92

IG18

IE

5

6

2

1

IJ

A19 A14 A15A10 A17 A18

2F2 1E4

2D8 2E1 1B8

B5 B13

I 5

IH112

IH111

4

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

MA

STE

RS

WA

ND

DO

OR

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

LS

WLH

TO

INTE

GR

AT

ION

RE

LAY

( US

A) ,

DA

YT

IME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

( CA

NA

DA

)

TO FUSE ” HEAD LH”AND ” HEAD RH”

TO DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]

2

1 3 3 2

2 4 5 1

FROM POWERMAIN RELAY

1

FROM WIRELESSDOOR LOCKCONTROL ECU (L)

B

Y–R

P–B

G

Y–L

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B W–B

R–B

G–R

W–B

Y–R

I27 : USAI65 : CANADA

TO ” TAIL” FUSE

WB

R Y–R

R–L GP–B Y

–LY

–L

Y–R

GY–RGP–B

RR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W

–B

P–B G

Y–R

R–L

P–B G L

Y–R

Y–L

P–B

R–B

R–B

W R–B

G–R

G–R

G–R

L

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

TSW L1 UL3 L2 UL2 UL1

HEAD TAIL

B

W

100A

ALT

HEADLIGHTRELAY

TAILLIGHTRELAY

FU

SE

BO

X

FL MIAN2. 0L

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

OP

EN

ER

MA

INS

W

BA

TTE

RY

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TM

EN

TD

OO

RO

PE

NE

RS

W

DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

LH

DO

OR

LOC

KC

ON

TR

OL

SW

RH

DO

OR

KE

YLO

CK

AN

DU

NLO

CK

SW

RH

B 2 B 1

I93

I94

B11 B12

I100

IQ119IG116

W–B

W–B

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECUT 3 , T 4A B

F7

L1

L4 P

9

D15

D17

D16

EE1

4W

133

AM

1S

T1

7

A1 B7 A2

A13 A12 A7

M

IQ115 IQ16 IQ118 IQ116

2 6 5

1 4 7

M

IG120 IG110 IG114 IG119

2 6 5

1 4 7

1L9 1L1

1E5

1G6

1

2

2

3

EE11 IH35

IM110 IH29 IH213

IM1176 6

6 6

A11


15AECU–IG

15ACIG/RADIO

STARTERRELAY

CLU

TC

HS

TA

RT

SW

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW

( NE

UT

RA

LS

TAR

TS

W)

IGN

ITIO

NS

W

B–W

B–W

W–B

Y–L

W–B

W–B

L–R

L–B

B

W

B B

W–B

B–R

B–Y

L–R

B–R

L–R

B–R

P–G P

L–R

L–B

R–W Y

L–R

L–B

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

P–G P

L–R

R–W Y

L–R

FROM FUSE” ST MAIN”

TO STARTER

B–R

DSWD LSWD DSWP LSWP

SRLY ACC IG

B

3 4

1 2

(M/T)

(A/T)

(A/T)

( M/T

)

B–W

B–W

I96

I97

B 3

B12

FROM WIRELESSDOOR LOCKCONTROL ECU (UL)

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

R,

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KA

ND

OP

EN

DE

TEC

TIO

NS

WF

RO

NT

LH

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

R,

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KA

ND

OP

EN

DE

TEC

TIO

NS

WF

RO

NT

RH

D18

D19

I11

C6

P1


134


2E4 2A5

I13

HORNRELAY

2E

5

I14

IH15

IO3

4

1

IH311

IO35

B11 B4

M

BV12 BV11 BV13 BV18

6 4 2

3 1 5

W–B

W–B

L–B

R–B

L–Y

L–R

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

R,

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KA

ND

OP

EN

DE

TE

CTI

ON

SW

RE

AR

RH

D21

IR121 IR18 IR116 IR117

I 2

I 3

B3 A3 A16

IJBM

M

BU12 BU11 BU13 BU18

6 4 2

3 1 5

W–B

W–B

L–B

R–W L–

Y

L–R

DO

OR

LOC

KM

OTO

R,

DO

OR

UN

LOC

KA

ND

OP

EN

DE

TE

CTI

ON

SW

RE

AR

LH

D20

IF118 IF16 IF116 IF117

BL

BV1

4

BU1

4

1 32

A

A

2


15AHAZ–HORN

TO HAZARD SW

TO HORN LHTO HORN SW[COMB. SW]

THEFT DETERRENTHORN

G–B

W W W

L–R

L–B

W–B W–B W–B

L–Y

R–B

L–B

L–R

G–B

G–B

G–B

G–W

W

W–L

W–L

W–L

W–B

R–B

L–Y

R–B L–

Y

L–R

L–B

R–B

L–Y L–

R

L–B

R–B

L–Y

L–R

L–B

R–B

L–Y

L–R

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

CTY ACT– E

HORN SH

I95

I101

B14 B17

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5


T 1

I96

I97

B2

LSWR

A4

ACT+

L–BL–

R

135

2E7

IH23

A20

1K2

IH210

A8

1K

12

1C

1

3

4

2

1

2

1

B1 A5 B12 B8 A9

IF15 IF115 IH312IH25

IG118

BY13 BY110 IO311

IJ110 IF119

IJ11

M

1

M

2

1

BO EB IG BL

1L6

1K11

1M1

1C11

3D6

3C18

IG1

17

B A

B A

A

A

A

1

3 2

5 1

2

20ADOME

30APOWER

W–L W–L

W–B

R

R

W–L

R

W–L

R

W–L

R–W

R–Y

G–BBL

G–W

G–W L B

R–L

BL

G–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–WR

–Y

R–WR–Y

POWER MAINRELAY

FROM” POWER” FUSE

1M1

TO POWER WINDOWMASTER SW

L


LUG T0 DSWH PRLY IND

+B1 +B2

THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU

1

B10

IF14

BY113

R–W

R–W

R–W

DSWL

R–W

FRO

MLU

GG

AG

EC

OM

PA

RTM

EN

TLI

GH

T

R–W

5

1

A6

IH219

1K14

1G4

1G2

1M1

L–B

R–L

R–L

W–B

W–B

KSW

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TM

EN

TK

EY

UN

LOC

KS

W

UN

LOC

KW

AR

NIN

GS

W[IG

NIT

ION

SW

]

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

DO

OR

OP

EN

ER

MO

TO

R

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TME

NT

LIG

HT

SW

EN

GIN

EH

OO

DC

OU

RTE

SY

SW

THE

FT

DE

TER

RE

NT

IND

ICA

TO

RLI

GH

T

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

TOR

FU

EL

LID

OP

EN

ER

MO

TO

RFU

EL

LID

OP

EN

ER

SW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

L4

F14

J5

R5

I11L

5

L7

L3

E5

T 3 , T 4A B

B32

TO POWER MAIN RELAY

IH32

136


CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU THROUGH THE POWER FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL (A)20THROUGH THE DOME FUSE.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE ECU →TERMINAL (B)8 FLOWS THROUGH THE COIL SIDE OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY TO GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY TO OPERATE.THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER FUSE FLOWS TO THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCHES, CAUSING THEINDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP.

1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)17, (A)14(FOR KEY SW) OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)8 OF THEECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → TERMINAL 7 (FRONT), TERMINAL 5 (REAR) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 5 (FRONT), 2(REAR) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A) 16 → TO GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TOLOCK.

2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL (A)18, (A)10 (FOR KEY SW LH) OR (A)15 (FOR KEY SW RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU AND CAUSES TO FUNCTION.CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)3 → TERMINAL 5 (FRONT), 2 (REAR) OF THE DOOR LOCKMOTORS → TERMINAL 7 (FRONT), TERMINAL 5 (REAR) → TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)16 → TO GROUND AND THEDOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO UNLOCK.

WHEN UNLOCK OPERATION OCCURS USING THE LH DOOR KEY SW, PERFORMING THE UNLOCK OPERATION ONCE UNLOCKSONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR. TO UNLOCK ALL THE OTHER DOORS TOGETHER, UNLOCK OPERATION MUST BE PERFORMED AGAINWITHIN 3 SECONDS OF THE FIRST OPERATION.

3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION∗ OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK BUTTON (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS)

WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON) AND THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOORLOCK BUTTON (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE OPERATION OFTHE ECU. AS A RESULT OF ECU ACTIVATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)3 →TERMINAL 5 (FRONT), 2 (REAR) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 7 (FRONT), TERMINAL 5 (REAR) → TERMINAL (A)4 OFTHE ECU → TERMINAL (A)16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND DOOR LOCK KEY SW.

∗ KEY LESS LOCK OPERATION

WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE DOOR IS OPEN AND UNLOCKOPERATION IS PREVENTED BY KEEPING THE DOOR LOCK BUTTON PRESSED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE DOOR IS KEPT IN THE LOCKCONDITION. IF THE DOOR IS THEN CLOSED, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW. THIS ACTIVATESTHE ECU AND EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED.

D15, D16 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH2–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY1–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY

D18, D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR FRONT LH, RH4–6 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION

D20, D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR REAR LH, RH1–4 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION

E 5 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN

I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY

L 7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW1–GROUND: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

137

T 3(A) THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU

1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER7–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT RH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION8–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

10–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK KEY SW LH TO UNLOCK POSITION11–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION12–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT RH DOOR OPENED13–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPENED14–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK KEY SW RH TO LOCK POSITION16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY15–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK KEY SW RH TO UNLOCK POSITION20–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

T 4(B) THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU

1–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION3–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN

12–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN10–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN7–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION2–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH REAR DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


C 6 30 F 7 28 L 7 32

D15 32 F14 32 P 1 29

D16 32 I11 31 P 9 32

D17 32 J 3 31 R 5 31

D18 32 J 5 32 T 1 29

D19 32 L 1 31 T 3 A 31

D20 32 L 3 32 T 4 B 31

D21 32 L 4 32

E 5 28 L 5 32

: RELAY BLOCKS





1B

1C

1E

1G 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1K


1L

1M







138












IO3 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)



BU1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BV1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)


: GROUND POINTS









: SPLICE POINTS


I 2 I 97

I 3 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I100 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 5

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I101

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I 13 B 1

I 1438 COWL WIRE


I 2738 COWL WIRE

B 3

FRONT DOOR LH WIRE

I 65 B 1140 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE


I 93 B 14 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE

I 94 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B 17 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE

I 95 B 32 40 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE

I 96

140

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

1L9

IH29

IG27 IG25 IG26 IQ26 IQ28 IQ27

IJ

I29

8 7 6 5 1 3

C

B

2

C

B

2 4 3 2 4 3

M M M M

15ACIG/RADIO

OP

ER

AT

ION

SW

SE

LEC

TS

W

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

L–R

L–R

L–R

BR

–Y

BR

–Y

LG–R

LG–R

LG

LG

LG–R

W–B

LG–B

BR

–Y

BR

–W

LG–R

LG–B

LG

LG–R

W–B

BR

–W


LEFT

RIG

HT

UP

DO

WN

LEFT

UP

RIG

HT

DO

WN

LH RH LH RH

J 2

R 3

J 2

R13R12

BS12BS14 BT14 BT12 BT13BS13

LG–B

LG

LG–R

LG–B

LG

LG–R

141

R 3 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–3 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION1–2 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


J 2 31 R12 32

R 3 31 R13 32









BS1 40 MIRROR LH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (FRONT LH DOOR INSIDE)

BT1 40 MIRROR RH WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (FRONT RH DOOR INSIDE)

: GROUND POINTS



: SPLICE POINTS



BB

B B B B

( H I N T : S E E P A G E 7 )

1 2 3

X 5 6 7 82 3 4

J 2 R 3 R 1 2 , R 1 3

C

C

C

C

SERVICE HINTS

142

PPS (PROGRESSIVE POWER STEERING)

ED IG

I37

I43

3D12

3A14

1A71D6

15 13 14

3 2 1 5

4

1

1 2A

2A1

B1

3D22 3C18

1M1

1C11

3A43C10

IM32 IM316 IM311 IM314

IM25 IM210

2 3

1

3C16

3D13


15AECU–IG

10AGAUGE

10

P LG

BR

R–L

W–B

W–B

R–L

R–B

W–B

R–L

R–B

V–Y

V–Y

V–Y

G

G–B

BR

R–L

BR

R–L

B–R

B–R

V–Y

R–L

SPD GND SOL+ SOL–

+BCOMBINATIONMETER

PPS ECU

SHORT CONNECTOR

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR)

PPS SOLENOID

SP

EE

DM

ETE

R

V 3

S 8 , S 9

P 2

B

B

C 8

P 3

G

X X

1 X X 10

151413 X

1 21 2 3 4 5

ABC 8 P 2 P 3 S 8 S 9GRAY

1 2 12

1 2 3

V 3 BLACK

143

THE PPS (HYDRAULIC REACTION TYPE) CONTROLS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE HYDRAULIC REACTIONCHAMBER IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT USING THE PPS ECU, CHANGE THE STEERING FORCE AND PROVIDE OPTIMUMSTEERING FEELING AT ANY VEHICLE SPEED AND UNDER ANY STEERING CONDITIONS.

(PPS OPERATION)

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON THE STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE PPSECU. THE SPEED SENSOR MONITORS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND TRANSMITS CONTROL SIGNALS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU.

WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW, THE PPS ECU SENDS A HIGHER–CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 1 OFTHE SOLENOID VALVE → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU → GROUND, INCREASING THE SOLENOID VALVE OPENINGANGLE TO PROVIDE COMFORTABLE STEERING OPERATION. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE PPS ECU DECREASES THESOLENOID VALVE OPENING ANGLE BY REDUCING THE CURRENT TO THE VALVE TO PROVIDE RESPONSIVE STEERING FEELING.

P 3 PPS ECU4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C 8 30 P 3 31 S 9 A 31

P 2 29 S 8 B 31 V 3 29



1A


1D20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1M

3A


3D

( )





: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I 37 38 COWL WIRE I 43 38 COWL WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

144

CRUISE CONTROL

3B123B15

3C16

1D6

3B16

3D16 3D8

IM38IH14

1

20 3

14

11

B–R

B–R

LG–R

R–W

LG–R

R–W

LG–R

R–W


10AGAUGE

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

PA

RK

ING

BR

AK

ES

W

SPD PKB

B

TC

CRUISE CONTROL ECUC14

J 2

P4

3B19

3B9

8

TC

IM311 IM314

B2

B1

2

1

3

A14A13 B4

A1

G–B

G

V–Y

P LGG

COMBINATION METER


SHORT CONNECTOR

C 8 , C 9

V 3

S 8 , S9

A B

B A

SP

EE

DM

ET

ER

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TRO

L

A15

A1

I43

V–Y

3B

8

3B10

3D10

3D

22

3D17

1A7

15AECU–IG

I37

C

C

Y–B

Y–B

10 4

TCA/D

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

D 3

R–L

R–L

FR

OM

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE( E

NG

INE

AN

DE

LEC

TRO

NIC

CO

NT

RO

LLE

DT

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

NE

CU

( A/T

) ,E

NG

INE

EC

U( M

/T))

V–Y

G–L

DA

TA

LIN

KC

ON

NE

CT

OR

1( C

HE

CK

CO

NN

EC

TO

R)

D1

R–L

R–L

R–L

V–Y

PI

G–L

5

G–L

IM32

V–Y

A10

ED

IM316

BR

BR

EC

3D

12

3D

3

E1

BR

3 3

BR

E1

BR

145

M

1 4

26 25 24 1211

22 23 1 15 16

2 3

3 2 1 7 6 5

C11A18

IM15 IM317

IO19 IO18 IO17 IO13 IO12 IO11

1A15

3B13

1A12 1M3

2A

3

2D

5

EB

4

1M6

3C19

I84

10


VR3 VR2 VR1 MC MO

W–B

W–B

ECT IDL STP+ BATT STP–

L

P–L

L

V–R L

G–R

G–R

G–R

G–W

G–W

G–W

R–Y

R–G

R–BL

L–B

L–R

L–R

L–B L

R–B

R–G

R–Y

25ASTOP

STO

PLI

GH

TS

W

CRUISE CONTROL ECU

CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))

E 7 , E8 , E 1 0B C A

B9

S12

C14

C 2

S2 IDLOD1

9

OD

Y–B

( A/T

)

( A/T

)( A

/T)

I87

I87

P–L L

L

P–L

(A/T)

G–B

3B18

1A14 3B14 3B5

1E5

3B173B7

1M

1

1C

11

2

1

2 13 4 18

1715

20

2

1

IG

I60W–B

W–B

W–B

B

W–B

W–L W

W–B

W–B

B

DIO

DE

( FO

RC

RU

ISE

CO

NT

RO

L)

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TRO

LC

LUTC

HS

W( M

/T)

CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

MA

IN

CANCEL

SET/COAST

RESUME/ACCEL

N&C GND CMS CCS

D5

C13

C12

3C18

EE1

1B–W

B–W TO CLUTCHSTART SW

TO PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)

B–W

(M/T)

(A/T)

BB

–W

TO THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR (IDL)

TO ELECTRONIC CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SOLENOID (NO. 2)

G–R

( A/T

)

E

CMS CCS

146

CRUISE CONTROL

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OFSTOP LIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 15 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)6 OF COMBINATIONMETER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15 OFCRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL 4 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FUNCTIONSAND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO TERMINAL 13 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → GROUND, ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)6 OF CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORLIGHT → TERMINAL (B)9 → TERMINAL 5 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISECONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.

1. SET OPERATIONWHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS TURNED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SETLIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU ANDTHE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.

2. SET SPEED CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLESPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR), ANDCONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.

WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OFCRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLEVALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHERTHAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OFCRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THETHROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.

3. COAST CONTROLDURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COASTSW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.

4. ACCEL CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED.

THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SETSPEED.

5. RESUME CONTROLUNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SETSPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, TURNING ON THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORECANCELLATION.

6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETICCLUTCH OF THE ACTUATOR IS CUT OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROLIS RELEASED.

∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER IN “N” RANGE (NEUTRAL START SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU” (A/T)

∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF ECU”

∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SW (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF ECU”

∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CLUTCH SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU” (M/T)

∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF ECU”

SYSTEM OUTLINE

147

7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONA) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED ISERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNS OFF).

WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON AGAIN.

∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTER DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.

∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION.

∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.

∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.

∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW.

∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.

B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.)

∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED HAS FALLEN BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (2.5 MPH)

∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED HAS FALLEN MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.

∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.

C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.

∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 1 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.

8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION∗ IN OVERDRIVE. IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THEPOWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.

∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, IF VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SETSPEED MINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIOMETER OF THE ACTUATORTHAT THE UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER A WHILE.

C2 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR1–3 : APPROX. 2K5–4 : APPROX. 38

C11 CRUISE CONTROL SW MAIN [COMB. SW]15–20 : CONTINUITY WITH MAIN SW ON20–17 : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON

APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ONAPPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON

C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU14–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

1, 15–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE SW ON (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE LEVEL WARNING SW ON20–GROUND: 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT (DRIVE SLOWLY)18–GROUND: APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW

APPROX. 68 WITH RES/ACC SW ON IN CONTROL SWAPPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SW

13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH SHIFT LEVER AT N POSITION (A/T) OR CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T)

SERVICE HINTS

148

CRUISE CONTROL

: PARTS LOCATION


C 2 28 D 1 28 J 2 31

C 8 A 30 D 3 30 P 4 31

C 9 B 30 D 5 30 S10 B 31

C11 30 E 7 B 30 S11 A 31

C13 30 E 8 C 30 S12 31

C14 30 E10 A 30 V 3 29



1A

1C


1E


1M



3B


3D

( )








: GROUND POINTS






: SPLICE POINTS


I 37 I 84 38 COWL WIRE

I 43 38 COWL WIRE I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE

I 60

150

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR

1D3 1M3

1E5

3B4

2CA5 2CA1 2CA4

3C19

1G6

E26

I86

I87

1

2

EB ED EC

IM1

11 IM1IM312

C18C14C13C2C1C12C3

A8 A10 A9 A13 A26 A24 B16

1

2 3 1

2


P–L

P–L

VL–Y

W–B

B–O

B–O

B–O

W–L

G–W

G–W

B–W

G–R

Y–B

W–GB

–O

R–Y

W–B

LG–B

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

BR

B–O

R–L

15AEFI

7. 5AIGN

25ASTOP

SL S1 S2 E01 E02 E1 SP2

M–REL +B +B1 BATT IGSW BK OD1

EFI MAINRELAY

STO

PLI

GH

TS

W

FR

OM

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TR

OL

EC

U

W–B

BR

P–L

ELE

CT

RO

NIC

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

NS

OLE

NO

ID

NO

.2

NO

.3( L

OC

K–U

P)

NO

.1 TO

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TR

OL

EC

U

1 4

3 2

RWB

VE

HIC

LES

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R)

( FO

RE

LEC

TRO

NIC

CO

NT

RO

LLE

DT

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

NS

YS

TEM

)

E2

V4

S12

2A

3

1A15

1M6

G–W

C22

A18 A17

FR

OM

IGN

ITIO

NS

W

2 1

IGT IGF

IGT IGF

B–W

W–RW

IGNITERI 2

NSW

18

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)E 7 , E 8 , E1 0B CA

I 7

TO

PA

RK

/NE

UT

RA

LP

OS

ITIO

NS

W( N

EU

TRA

LS

TAR

TS

W)

B–W

B–W

GB

151

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)

1K8

1D

6

3

3 3

D

8 1 5 2 9

D

6

1

2 3 4

I90

I87

I87 E26

E26

IM115 IM11IM3

13

D

B4 B11 B10 B1 B9

B7 B8 B15 C9

C20

2

1

W–B

BR

GR

G–O

L–R

R–L

L–R

L–R

BRBR

GR

GR

Y–G

BR

–B

G–W

G–O

G–O

G–W

BR

–B

L–R

B

L

G

BR

L–R

BR

R–L

BR

L–R

THW IDL VTA VC PE2

L

L

IH24

R–L

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

( EF

IWA

TER

TE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R)

FR

OM

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TR

OL

EC

U

THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR

TO

VO

LUM

EA

IRFL

OW

( AIR

FLO

WM

ET

ER

)

10AGAUGE


PO

WE

R

NO

RM

AL

ELE

CT

RO

NIC

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

PA

TTE

RN

SE

LEC

TS

W

TE1 DG TE2 OD2

E1E1

TE1 TE1 TT TE2 ECT


DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

T 2

E11

E3

J 1

D 1

D 3

E 7 , E8 , E1 0B C

L–R

IH39

D

IH38

3

1

IE

O/D

MA

INS

WG

–OG

–OW

–BW

–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

O4

J 2

A3 A2 C19

Y–L

O

R–B

L 2 R

B

B

C8

3D

3

3D

12

IM3

16BR

3D10

3B10

3D

22

G–O

FRO

MC

RU

ISE

CO

NTR

OL

EC

U

R–BOY–L

V–Y

V–Y

V–Y

A

SP1

152


L 2 D N R P

4 9 8 7 5 1

6

I87

I87

I41

IN17 IN18 IN114 IN113

IM31

IN19

R–L

L–R

R–B

O

Y–L

G–WR

B–OOY–L

L–R

Y–L O

R–B

Y–L

O

B–O R

R–B

G–W

A/T INDICATOR SW[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW)]

PO

WE

R

L 2 D N R P

I37

P 1

R–B

IH316 IH315 IH314 IH310 IH313

A4 A5 A6 C3 A7 C8 C7

B23C9 B5 B4 B2

Y–L O

B–O R

G–W

R–Y

R–G

R–LBR

W–B

3D13 3D6

3D12

IM316

ED

3C18

IG

W–B

W–BBR

BR

TO RHEOSTATVOLUME

B14

I43

B13 B15 B10

B1

B2 A1

IM314 IM311IM32

B1

1C11

1M1

1

3 2

V–Y

G–O

R–L

R–L

R–L G

LG P

R–L

V–Y

V–Y

G

G–B

R–L

G–O

IM32R

–L

R–L

COMBINATION METER

SHORTCONNECTOR

VE

HIC

LES

PE

ED

SE

NS

OR

( SP

EE

DS

EN

SO

R)

O/D

OF

F

SPEEDMETER

C 7 , C 8 , C9

S 8 , S 9

A B C

B A

V3

153

THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION IS A SYSTEM WHICH PRECISELY CONTROLS GEAR SHIFT TIMING AND LOCK–UPTIMING IN THE RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE’S DRIVING CONDITIONS AND THE ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS DETECTED BYVARIOUS SENSORS, MAKING SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS THE MOSTAPPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME, AND CONTROLS THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING TO ACHIEVEOPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TOTHE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)TO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), ANDALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR) DEVOTED TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED,CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO.1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT.

FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THEELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TOSOLENOIDS NO.1 AND NO.2 CAUSES THE SHIFT.

FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT.

SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.

2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEENMET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSINGLOCK–UP OPERATION.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL BK OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TOTHE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT

* O/D MAIN SW ON

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THEENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THECONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.

* O/D MAIN SW OFF

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWSTHROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND. CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUTTO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION PREVENTSSHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.

5. ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITIF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENTFLOWING THROUGH THE POWER INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL P OF THE ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ECU), THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLESPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

154


E 7(A), E 8(B), E10(C) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(TURN ON THE IGNITION SW)

S1, S2 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID ON 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID OFF

P – E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND PATTERN SELECT SW AT POWER POSITIONL – E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION2 – E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITIONR – E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITIONBK – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSEDTHW – E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 60°C (140°F) –120°C (248°F)IDL – E2 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENEDVTA – E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED

3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENEDVC – E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION0/D1 – E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION0/D2 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF

0–3.0 VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW TURNED ONIGSW – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION+B – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION+B1 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITIONM–REL– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

E 2 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID1, 2, 3–GROUND : EACH 11–15

O 4 O/D MAIN SW1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF, OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON


C 7 A 30 E 8 B 28 S 8 B 31C 8 B 30 E10 C 30 S 9 A 31C 9 C 30 E11 30 S12 31

D 1 28 I 2 29 T 2 29D 3 30 J 1 31 V 3 29E 2 28 J 2 31 V 4 29E 3 28 O 4 31

E 7 A 28 P 1 29


CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1A1C1D1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)1G


1K1M2A 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)3B3C 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)3D

24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)


IH2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)IH3 36 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)IM1

38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)IM3 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)


: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONEB 34 FRONT LEFT FENDEREC 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD RHED 34 INTAKE MANIFOLD LHIE 36 LEFT KICK PANELIG 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

SERVICE HINTS

155

: SPLICE POINTS


E 26 34 ENGINE WIRE I 4338 COWL WIRE

I 7 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I 8638 COWL WIRE

I 3738 COWL WIRE

I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE

I 4138 COWL WIRE

I 90 38 COWL WIRE

156

SHIFT LOCK

1L9 1L2 1M3

1L4

1M6

1

2

STOP LIGHTSW

15ACIG/RADIO

15AECU–IG

25ASTOP

G–R

G–W

G–W

G–W

L–R

B–R

L–R

1 3 6

KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID

L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

54

SHIFT LOCK ECU

SHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW

SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID

P1

P

P2

SL–

SL+

TIMER

L–B

1

2

IH29 IH211

B–R

L–R

C

C

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

IH220

G

G–W

G–R

L

L–R

IH17

B

B

IF IJ

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR


J 2

S12

S 7

K 3

J 2

157

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG/RADIO FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THESHIFT LOCK ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TOTERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU.

1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THATTHE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW) ARE INPUT TO THEECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL SL+ OF THE SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TOTURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO OTHER RANGE THAN THE “P” POSITION.

2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW IN ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2AND P OF SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID ISCUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) ANDTHE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION. IF THE IGNITION IS LEFT IN ACC OR ON POSITION WITH THESHIFT LEVER IN OTHER THAN “P” POSITION, THEN AFTER APPROX. ONE HOUR THE ECU OPERATES TO RELEASE THE LOCK.

S 9 SHIFT LOCK ECU1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED4–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN P POSITION

6–12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN EXCEPT P POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION


J 2 31 S 7 31

K 3 31 S12 31



1L20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)






: GROUND POINTS




CBB

B B B B C

C

C

(H IN T : SEE PAG E 7)

1 2 1 3X

4 5 6

1 2

J 2 K 3 S 7 S12

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

158

ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)

E 5

E21

E23

E22

EB17

IO26 IO27 IO25

M

21

A23 A24 A11 A1 A13 A26 A14 A18 A6

B4 A1 A4 A3 A6 A2 A5 B1A5A1B4B2 B3

A2 A15 A22 A10 A3 A16

B3

B

1 A2 A4

A6

A9

21

EA

G–W

FR+FR–FSSFL+FL–GNDGND

W–L

W–L

W–L

W–L

G–W

W–R

GR

–L

GR

–R

GR

–G

L–W

G–W L–

R

G–R R

R–W

W–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B B

RB

R

RG

W–B

RG

B W

W

W–B

1

FUS

EB

OX

60A

AB

S

ABS RELAY

ABS ACTUATOR

G–W

R– SRMR SFR SFL SRR SRL AST MT

ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT LH

ABS SPEED SENSORFRONT RH

W–B

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

ABS ECU


A18 , A1 9

B

A

AA 6 , A 7B

BA 4 , A 5A

A 8 A 9

F7

W–R

W–B

EB13

159

1D6

3C13 3C17

3C33C12 3D16 3D17

IO22

IM316IP15IP14II16II119II112

1212

I89I88

B1 B9 B7

B

16 B8 B14

B13 A5 B4

A1

B2

1

3D3

3D12

IM38IM33

B15

RL– RL+ RSS RR– RR+ PKB

BR

ABSTCTCTSWA

G–W


G–B

R–G

LG–R

R–L

LG–R

G–B

G–B

Y–B

LG–R

LG–R

R–G

G–B Y

–B

G RRG BR Y

BR Y

R–W

R–W

111622 4 14

23

D/GTCTSW

WB

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL)

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1(CHECK CONNECTOR)

10AGAUGE

AB

SW

AR

NIN

GLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]

ABS SPEED SENSORREAR LH

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

ABS SPEED SENSORREAR RH PARKING

BRAKE SW

ABS ECUJU

NC

TIO

NC

ON

NE

CTO

R( F

OR

SR

S)

R–L

C

C

J4

C7

,C

8B

A

A18 , A1 9

B

A

BR

BR

BR

A24 A25P 4

D 1 D 3

SHORT PIN

1M3 1A7 1D4

3C15 3B2

1A15

3C7

3B113C161M6

3C19

IO21 IO24

A25A12B6

G–R

B–R L–Y

B–R

L–Y

B–R

L–Y

G–W

G–W

G–W

STP IG BAT

15AECU–B

15AECU–IG

25ASTOP

ST

OP

LIG

HT

SW

S12 1

2

EB EC

E1

3

E1

3

3A10

3D8

IP16

BR

BR

G–W

BR

BR

BR

IM13

R–G

IH14

R–W

160


THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHTFRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THEWHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.

(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.

(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.

2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWINGTO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TOTHE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROMTHE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.

IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENTACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULICPRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION,HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDENBRAKING.

A18(A), A19(B) ABS ECU(CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)(A) 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR)(B)15–GROUND : TS –E1 NOT CONNECTED(A)11–GROUND, (A) 13–GROUND :(A)14–GROUND, (A) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(A)26–GROUND, (A) 18–GROUND :(A) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A)15–GROUND:(A)12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED(A)25–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A)14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED OR PARKING LEVERPULLED UP

A 6(B), A 7(A) ABS RELAY(B) 1, (A) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

A 4(A), A 5(B) ABS ACTUATOR(A) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 5 (IGNITION SW OFF)(A) 1, (A) 3, (A) 4, (A) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 1.15 (IGNITION SW OFF)(B) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

A 8, A 9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH1–2 : APPROX. 1.07K (20°C, 68°F)

A24, A25 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH, RH1–2 : APPROX. 1.25K (20°C, 68°F)

P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP

S10 STOP LIGHT SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

161

: PARTS LOCATION


A 4 A 28 A18 A 30 D 1 28

A 5 B 28 A19 B 30 D 3 30

A 6 B 28 A24 32 F 7 28

A 7 A 28 A25 32 J 4 31

A 8 28 C 7 A 30 P 4 31

A 9 28 C 8 B 30 S12 31



1A


1M


3A



3D








IO2 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS





: SPLICE POINTS


E 5 E 23 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

E 21 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 8838 COWL WIRE

E 22 I 8938 COWL WIRE

162


163

SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)

NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS (supplemental restraint system), perform the operation inaccordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the RepairManual for the applicable model year. Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble

codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes beforedisconnecting the battery.

Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and thenegative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated.)When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systemswill be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock. This vehicle has tiltand telescopic steering, power seat and outside rear view mirror and power shoulder belt anchorage, whichare all equipped with memory function, it is not possible to make a record of the memory contents. So whenthe work is finished, therefore it will be necessary to explain this fact to the customer, and ask the customerto adjust the features and reset the memory.To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside thevehicle.

When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surfacefacing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take carenot to damage the connector.(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)

Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without highhumidity and away from electrical noise.

Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts. Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, center SRS sensor assembly or front airbag sensors. Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the

sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts. Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.

After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuseit. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)

When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10k/V) tester. The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl wire harness assembly,

engine room main wire harness assembly and cowl No. 2 wire harness assembly.The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, asare the connectors.

Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squib.(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)

If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harnessassembly.When the connector to the airbag front sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wireharness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)

INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow theinstructions on the notices.

164


The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM

Each connector contains a short spring plate. When theconnector is disconnected, the short spring plateautomatically connects the power source and groundingterminals of the squib to preclude a potential differencebetween the terminals.

2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISMThis mechanism is designed to electrically check ifconnectors are connected correctly and completely.The electrical connection check mechanism is designed sothat the connection detection pin connects with thediagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is inthe locked condition.

165

3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISMWith this mechanism connectors (male and femaleconnectors) are locked by two locking devices to increaseconnection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribsinterfere and prevent the secondary lock.

166


1 2

SPIRALCABLE

1F1 1F2 3D3

3D17

1M1 1M5 3D12

3D16

1F31F51F9

IG IF ED EB

IM38 IM112

IM3

16

7 14 6

18

C B A A A B

11 54 12

1 233

BCB

17

91281310112354

1 2

C

B–O P–L

B–Y

B–Y

Y–B

Y–B

B–Y

LG–R

LG–R

B–Y

B–Y

Y–B

W–B

W–BWBWBWB

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

+SL –SL +SR –SR D+ D– E1 E2 TC LA

W–R

W–R

W–R

BR

IG2 ACC +B


7. 5AIGN

15ACIG/RADIO

15AECU–B

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

OT

R( F

OR

SR

S)

SR

SW

AR

NIN

GLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TE

R]

TC AB TC AB

E1E1



AIRBAG SQUIB

FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR RH

FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR LH

F 1 F 2

A20

D 3 D 1

J4

C 4

C7

167

THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) IS A DRIVER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THESEAT BELTS.CURRENT FLOWS CONSTANTLY TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG/RADIO FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 .

IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR ANDSWITCH, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THECIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB →SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 10 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 8, TERMINAL 13 OR BODY GROUND→ GROUND.WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF CURRENT FROM THE CIG/RADIO OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 11 OF THECENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 10 OF CENTERAIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 4 OR 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OR 2OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 8, TERMINAL 13 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON AND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENTFLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE. THE BAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD ISINSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER.

: PARTS LOCATION


A20 30 D 1 28 F 2 28

C 4 28 D 3 30 J 4 31

C 7 30 F 1 28



1F20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)


3D 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)





: GROUND POINTS






SYSTEM OUTLINE

168


169

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK

1D7 1D5

1M5

1C8

I56

4

F

4

F

2 2 1

L–R

L–R

L–Y

L–R

W–B

W–B

W–B


15ACIG/RADIO

15AECU–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

CIGARETTELIGHTER

CLOCK[A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY]

J 1

C 5 A12

IG

W–B

1 2

4 X2

4

A12 BLUE C 5

IF

DARK GRAY

FFF

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

DARK GRAYJ 1

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

CLOCK

SERVICE HINTS

2–GROUND : APPROX. VOLTS WITH IGNITION SWAT OR POSITION

1–GROUND : ALWAYS VOLTS(POWER FOR CLOCK)

2–GROUND : APPROX. VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW

4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

(POWER FOR INDICATION)

C 5

A12

12

1212

ACC ON4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

AT OR POSITIONACC ON

: PARTS LOCATION


A12 30 C 5 30 J 1 31



1C


1M



: GROUND POINTS




: SPLICE POINTS


I56 38 COWL WIRE

170

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER

2

1

1M11H10

1D6

1D

8

1C

10

1

5

1

5

IG IE IJ

I54

I72

1K3

IH21

IG211 IQ215

BS11 BT11

BS15 BT15

IG116 IQ119

A5

B4

1

A1

B1


10AGAUGE

40ADEFOG

10AMIR–HTR

DEFOGGERRELAY

NOISEFILTER

R–L

Y–L

B–R

W–B

B

Y–L B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

31

2 5

CHOKE COIL

RE

AR

WIN

DO

WD

EF

OG

GE

R

MIRRORHEATERLH

MIRRORHEATERRH

R–DEF

GND

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER SW[A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY]

A10 , A1 2

R10

,R

11

C17R12 R13

A B

BA

BN

W–B

5

X

4 X

11

11 5

A B A B R12, R13A10 A12 C17 R10 R11

171

DEFOGGER RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DEFOGGER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) ON

: PARTS LOCATION


A10 A 30 R10 A 32 R13 32

A12 B 30 R11 B 32

C17 32 R12 32

















: GROUND POINTS





BN 36 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS


I 54 38 COWL WIRE I 72 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

172

MOON ROOF

1C1

1L1

1I

1

1K

12

BK

M

R

W–L

R–L

W–B

R

B–R

R

W–B R G

G–W R–L

W–B

W–B

W–B

11 4 5 8 9

12


15AECU–IG

20ADOME

THE

FT

DE

TER

RE

NT

AN

DD

OO

RLO

CK

EC

U

KEY OFF POWERCIRCUIT

MO

ON

RO

OF

MO

TO

R

NO

.1

MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY

NO

.2

T3

,T

4

M 1

M4

AB

A8A2 A20 B8

2 4

3 1 1 2

BUZZER

GND MTR+ MTR– IS1 IS2

IQ115

IJ

2

1

R–W

R–W

W–BDO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

,D

OO

RU

NLO

CK

AN

DO

PE

ND

ETE

CT

ION

SW

FRO

NT

RH

D19

A12

W–B

IG120

IE

2

1

R–G

R–G

W–BDO

OR

LOC

KM

OT

OR

,D

OO

RU

NLO

CK

AN

DO

PE

ND

ETE

CT

ION

SW

FRO

NT

LH

D18

A13

W–B

W–L

R–L

R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3B

B

W–B

W–B

A16

W–B

B 8

B 7

B 6W–B

W–B

MOON ROOFLIMIT SW

M 3

IH2

5G–B

2E7

IH213

B–R

IG116 IQ119

IH2

3 R

173

1K2 1L6 1M1 1I5

4

W–B

R–L

W–L

R–Y

R–W

G–YP

W–B

W–B

L

1 2 7 3

POWER MAINRELAY


OP

EN

CLO

SE

DO

WN

UP

MOON ROOFCONTROL SW

30APOWER


M 2

M 1

3 6 2 5

QRS

S

RQ

TIM

ER

6

2 3

1 5

IG

W–B

A A

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

W–L

TIMER

TIMER

IH2

10W–L

174

MOON ROOF

CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF POWER MAIN RELAY AND ALSO THROUGH DOMEFUSE TO TERMINAL 12 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TOGROUND THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE. AS A RESULT, POWER MAIN RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OFPOWER MAIN RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN POSITION, A SIGNAL ISINPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. WHEN THIS OCCURS,THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 →TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → TOGROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO OPEN POSITION.

2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY OPEN AND MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO.1 AND NO. 2 BOTH ON,WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE CLOSE POSITION A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 6 OF MOONROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY →TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO CLOSEPOSITION.

MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 TURNS OFF (LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS ON) AND A 100MM BEFORE FULLY CLOSE POSITION, SIGNAL IS INPUTFROM TERMINAL 1 OF LIMIT SW NO. 1 TO TERMINAL 8 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE RELAY ANDSTOPS CONTINUITY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 11 . AS A RESULT, THE MOON ROOFSTOPS AT THIS POSITION.

TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY, PUSHING THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AGAIN TO THE CLOSE SIDE CAUSES ASIGNAL TO BE INPUT AGAIN TO TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE MOON ROOFWILL CLOSE AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS BEING PUSHED, ALLOWING THE MOON ROOF TO FULLY CLOSE.

3. TILT UP OPERATIONWHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT UP POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOONROOF COMPLETELY CLOSED (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF MOON ROOFCONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL5 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 11 TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT UP OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THEMOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT UP SIDE.

4. TILT DOWN OPERATIONWHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT DOWN POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOONROOF TILTED UP (NO. 1 AND NO. 2 MOON ROOF LIMIT SWITCHES ARE BOTH OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF MOONROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 7 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.

AS THE RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY →TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THEMOTOR SO THAT TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT DOWNSIDE. (DURING TILT DOWN, LIMIT SW NO. 1 IS CHANGED OFF TO ON.)

5. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU OPERATES AND CURRENTFLOWS FROM POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)8 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)20 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (B)8 →TERMINAL 1 OF POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMALOPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THEFUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR(DOOR DETECT SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL(A)12 OR (A)13 OF THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF AND OPEN AND CLOSEMOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

175

6. TILT UP REMINDER SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION SW IS SWITCHED FROM ON TO ACC OR OFF, AND 60 SECONDS THEN ELAPSES OR THE FRONT DOOR ISOPENED, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AT THIS TIME, MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1AND NO. 2 ARE OFF, SO SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINALS 8 AND 9 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY THAT THE MOON ROOF ISIN THE TILT OPERATION POSITION. WHEN THESE SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY, THE TIMER BUILTINTO THE RELAY OPERATES.

THUS THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 12 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS THROUGH BUZZER OF MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY AND TERMINAL 11 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY TO GROUND AND THE BUZZER SOUNDS ABOUT 8 TIMES TO NOTIFYTHAT THE MOON ROOF IS STILL IN THE TILT UP CONDITION.

POWER MAIN RELAY5–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

M 1 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE OR UP POSITION

(EXCEPT APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) BEFORE FULLY CLOSED POSITION5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN OR DOWN POSITION

12–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

M 2 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW5–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT UP POSITION6–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE POSITION2–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT DOWN POSITION3–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


D18 32 M 1 32 M 4 32

D19 32 M 2 32 T 3 A 31

J 3 31 M 3 32 T 4 B 31



1C 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)


1K


1M








: GROUND POINTS





BK 40 ROOF LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS


B 640 ROOF WIRE

B 8 40 ROOF WIRE

B 740 ROOF WIRE

SYSTEM OUTLINE

SERVICE HINTS

176

MOON ROOF

10

1

C 10 H 7, H 8BLACK

177

HORN

10

1 1

2E4 2A5G

–B

G–W

G–W


15AHAZ–HORN

1 3

2

HORNRELAY

HORN SW[COMB. SW] HORN

LHHORNRH

H 7 H 8C10

HORN RELAY2–3 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION


C10 30 H 7 28 H 8 28





SERVICE HINTS

178

CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE

5 1L1

IO312IR1

AA

A A B

EB

IP11 IP13 IR310 IR32 IR316 IR36 IR33

A A

IR39

B

8

2

2

PWR

PWR

11

RR

–WR

–WR

–W

I19

ABA

TAF+ RAF+ D1

687

387

113

D1RAF+RAF–TAF–TAF+PH–PH+GND

5164

24611415173

11 1 6 2 7 7 2 3

9 10

15ATEL

15AECU–IG


B–R

RR

B–R

RR G–B

IG+B

GR

–W BRG

GBB

B–R B–R B–R TO AUTO ANTENNA MOTORAND RELAY

L

( SH

IELD

ED

)

W–B

( SH

IELD

ED

)

R

( SH

IELD

ED

)

BR

( SH

IELD

ED

)

R

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

BLL

W–B

BR

BR V G

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

TELEPHONEMICROPHONE[COMB. SW]

CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)C 3

C11

T 6 , T 7B A

PH1+ PH1–

W

6

IH2

1 5

B28

IP12

R

WW

W W

YY

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER

179

IR311 IR37 IR317 IR31

IR313IR314IR120

B B A B A A B B

12 18 23 10 5 3 9 4 10

4 5 1

165

22 25 19 6 2 1

1 2

D3 GND3 GND2 MUTE RLI+ RLI– RLO+ RLO–

D3 GND2 GND1

TEL(+)TEL(–) SP–CNT

GND AUDIO(+) AUDIO(–) RL–SP(+) RL–SP(–)

1 8 8 4 5 12 5 12

10 5 14+ –

Y–B

L B

W–B

BYO

Y–B R W R W

WR

Y–B

WRBYO

BYO

B

BR

R–B

MUTE WR+ WR–

CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)

STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER

FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH


T 6 , T 7

C 3

S10

F11

B A

B

D2

3

4

D2

11

6

RR

RY

G–W

R–W

L–W

B–W

SPEAKER RELAY

L

IR17 IR119

IQ113 IQ112

R W

R 1RADIO ANDPLAYER

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER

180

CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE

T 7(A) TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY(A) 9–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


C 3 30 R 1 31 T 7 A 32

C11 30 S10 31

F11 32 T 6 B 32

: RELAY BLOCKS










IP1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)




: GROUND POINTS



: SPLICE POINTS


I 19 38 COWL WIRE B 28 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

SERVICE HINTS

182

AUTO ANTENNA

W–B

AUTO ANTENNAMOTOR AND RELAY

BM

A26

M

1 4 5 7 8 6

2 5 6 4 3 1

R

2E7

1K12

1C1

IR118

B

B

RR

R

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 3

B–R

L–R

LG–R

P–L

1L1 1L9

IH29IH213

IR15 IR114 IR16 IR115

C

C

L–R

B–R

L–R

B–R

L–R

P–L

LG–R

P–L

L–R


15AECU–IG

15ACIG/RADIO

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

S11

R 1

L–Y Y

R–G B

R–W

W–B

2 3

20ADOME

W–B

IH23

R


OFF

RADIO SW

PLAYERSW

ON

RADIO AND PLAYER

I76

I73 I73L–R

P–L

GR

L–R

AMPACC

3

8

1

7 1

183

A26 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION


A26 32 J 3 31 S 11 31

J 2 31 R 1 31



1C

1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1L







: GROUND POINTS



: SPLICE POINTS


I 73 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I 76 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

1 2

3 4 5 6

C

C

C

C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

BB

B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 3

8

XX1

7 X X

A26 J 2 J 3 R 1

S11

DARK GRAY

GRAY

SERVICE HINTS

184

RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ CD CHANGER) *1 : W/O TELEPHONE

5

IR314 IR313

IH34

IR17 IR119

IH

A4 A11 A3 A10 A7 A16 B14B13B12B11B6B5B4B10B7B1

IG29 IG215 IQ211 IQ210 IG28 IG214

IQ213 IQ212

A12 A13 A2 A9 A1 A8 A6 A15 A5 A14

B5 B12

A5 A12

B4

C C

C C

IR312 IR34 IR315 IR35

IO119

1 1 1 12 2 2 2

GR

P–L

L–R

BR

L

B

W

Y

G

R

Y–B

B Y P V GR

GR

RR

B Y VP GR

GR

P–L

L–R

BR L

W–B

W–B

P V LG L

W–B

W–B

VPP V LG L

LG L B Y

R WWR

R WWR

R W

YB

GND GND FL+ FL– FR+ FR– WL+ WL– WR+ WR–

SP+ SP–

RL+ RL– RR+ RR– +B +B AMP+ ACC GND MUTE FL FR SGND BEEP RL RR


20ARADIO

8

1 12 2

1 12 2

(SHIELDED)

RAD+ RAD–

MU

TE

FRONTSQUAWKER(SPEAKER)

FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER)

FRONT DOOR SPEAKERLH RH LH RH

LH RH

TE

LEP

HO

NE

TRA

NS

CE

IVE

RA

ND

SP

EA

KE

RR

ELA

Y

REAR SPEAKERLH RH

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

R 8 R 9

J3

T6

,T

7

F 8 F 9

F12 F13 F10 F11

BA

( SH

IELD

ED

)

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIERS10 , S11A B

( *1)

( *1)

7

185

A15

RR

A14

RL

A13

BEEP

A12

SGND

A7

FR

A6

FL

A5

MUTE

A11

GND

A3

ACC

A1

AMP+

A4

B

A8

ANT+

B3

TXM+

B9

TXS+

B8

TXM–

B10

TXS–

B12

ACC

B5

+B

B2

CDL+

B7

CDL–

B6

CDR–

B4

GND

B11

SGND

B1

CDR+

IR22 IR23 IR27 IR28 IR26 IR21 IR24 IR211 IR210 IR25 IR212 IR29

IR120

BX22 BX24 BX21 BX25 BX210 BX26 BX22 BX211 BX213 BX28 BX27 BX29

I75

I73

I76

A10

TELMUTE

B16

B26 B26

CC

3 4

1L9

IH29

IR16IR115

B24

1

GR

P–L

L–R

BR

L

B

W

Y

R

G

L–R

P–L

L BR

GR

P–L GRW

P–L

L–R

L–R

P–L

LG–R

LG–

R

Y–B

Y–B

BR

–B

BR W

G–W

LG–

B

L–Y L P LG V

W–B

W–

B

VLGPL

L–Y

LG–B

G–WWBR

BR

–BB

R–B

BR W

G–W

LG–B

L–Y L P LG W

–BV

R–W

R–WR

–W

R–

W

TXM+ TXM–TXS+ TXS– ACC +B CDL+ CDL– SGND CDR+ GND SWCDR–

AMP ANT

15ACIG/RADIO

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR


JUNCTIONCONNECTOR


W

L–R

FRO

MTH

EF

TD

ET

ER

RE

NT

AN

DD

OO

RLO

CK

EC

UI77

I83

B21

B25

BR

BR

BY113

B3 B4 B2 B6 B8 B1 B5 B9 B7A6A3A2A1

CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

AR

TM

EN

TLI

GH

TS

W

RADIO AND PLAYER

A26

J 2

C15 , C16

L7

R 1 , R 2A B

B A

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

186

RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ CD CHANGER)

R 1(A) RADIO AND PLAYER(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

S12(A), S13(B) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER(A)12, (A) 13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

(B) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A)16, (A) 17–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATION


A26 32 F12 32 R 8 32

C15 B 32 F13 32 R 9 32

C16 A 32 J 2 31 S10 A 31

F 8 30 J 3 31 S11 B 31

F 9 30 L 7 32 T 6 B 32

F10 32 R 1 A 31 T 7 A 32

F11 32 R 2 B 31

: RELAY BLOCKS





IL 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)









IR238 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

IR338 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)



: GROUND POINTS


IH 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH

: SPLICE POINTS



I 75 B 21

I 76 38 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B 24 40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE

I 77 B 25

40 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE


SERVICE HINTS

188

RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o CD CHANGER)

5

IR314 IR313

IH34

IR17 IR119

IH

A4 A11 A3 A10 A7 A16 B14B13B12B11B6B5B4B10B7B1

IG29 IG215 IQ211 IQ210 IG28 IG214

IQ213 IQ212

A12 A13 A2 A9 A1 A8 A6 A15 A5 A14

B5 B12

A5 A12

B4

C C

C C

IR312 IR34 IR315 IR35

IO119

1 1 1 12 2 2 2

GR

P–L

L–R

BR

L

B

W

Y

G

R

Y–B

B Y P V GR

GR

RR

B Y VP GR

GR

P–L

L–R

BR L

W–B

W–B

P V LG L

W–B

W–B

VPP V LG L

LG L B Y

R WWR

R WWR

R W

YB

E(1) E(2) FL(+) FL(–) FR(+) FR(–) WL(+) WL(–) WR(+) WR(–)

RL(+) RL(–) RR(+) RR(–) BU(1) BU(2) AMP ACC GND MUTE FL FR GND BEEP RL RR


20ARADIO

8

1 12 2

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

1 12 2

(SHIELDED)

FRONTSQUAWKER(SPEAKER)


FRONT DOOR SPEAKERLH RH LH RH

LH RH

TELE

PH

ON

ETR

AN

SC

EIV

ER

AN

DS

PE

AK

ER

RE

LAY

REAR SPEAKERLH RH

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TO

R

R 8 R 9

J3

T6

,T

7

F 8 F 9

F12 F13 F10 F11

BA

( SH

IELD

ED

)

S10 , S11A B

( *1)

( *1)

RAD+

SP+

RAD–

SP–M

UTE

7

189

* 1 : W/O TELEPHONE

15

RR

14

RL

13

BEEP

12

GND

7

FR

6

FL

5

MUTE

11

GND

3

ACC

1

AMP+

4

+B

8

ANT+

IR120

I75

I73

I76

10

TELMUTE

CC

3 4

1L9

IH29

IR16IR115

GR

P–L

L–R

BR

L

B

W

Y

R

G

L–R

P–L

L BR

GR

P–L GRW

P–L

L–R

L–R

P–L

LG–R

LG–R

Y–B

Y–B

AMP ANT

15ACIG/RADIO


JUNCTIONCONNECTOR


W

L–R

RADIO AND PLAYER

A26

J 2

R 1

190

RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o CD CHANGER)

S10(A), S11(B) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER(A) 7, (A)16–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

(B) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION(A)12, (A)13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

R 1 RADIO AND PLAYER3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATION


A26 32 F13 32 S10 A 31

F 8 30 J 2 31 S11 B 31

F 9 30 J 3 31 T 6 B 32

F10 32 R 1 31 T 7 A 32

F11 32 R 8 32

F12 32 R 9 32

: RELAY BLOCKS





IL 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)










: GROUND POINTS



: SPLICE POINTS





SERVICE HINTS

192

COMBINATION METER

1D6

3D10 3B10

3D12

3D22

3D13II15 II111 II118

BW11 BW12 BW13

IJ12 IJ13 IJ14IM314 IM311

IM316

I37

I43 I67I38

A

2 A1

B1

3 2 2 131 2 3

B14 B13 B15 B19 B20 C5 B7 B8 B10 B22

C

1

ED

IM32

1

R–L

G–BV–Y

R–L

R–L

R–L

V–Y

R–L

V–Y

G

G–B

G–B

GLG P

G–B

V–R

Y–G

Y–R Y–L BR

BR

Y–L

Y–R

Y–L

Y–R BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

V–R

Y–G

V–Y

V–Y

R–L


10AGAUGE

COMBINATION METER

ODOMETER

SP

EE

DM

ET

ER

FUE

L

FUE

L


TRIP SW FUEL SENDER

SHORTCONNECTOR

FR

OM

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TR

OL

EC

U

FRO

MP

PS

EC

U,

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

MO

DU

LE( E

NG

INE

AN

DE

LEC

TR

ON

ICC

ON

TR

OLL

ED

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

EC

U( A

/T) ,

EN

GIN

EE

CU

( M/T

))

S 8 , S 9

B

B

V 3 T 5 F15

C 7 , C 8 , C 9

B

A B

193

2CA6 1D3 2E7

1C5

3A16

1D12

1M5

3D8

1C1

3C14

3A10

1C8

1D13

IM36

IM18

IM114 IM310

II117

IM318

I62

B12 B11

B21 B9 A9 A16 A12 A19

C

11 A13

4

F

18

2

A E

IFEC

A A

8

2

1 1IH1

4

E

1

F

DELAY CIRCUIT

2

1

R–Y

R–Y

R–W

B–W

Y–G

Y–G

B–W

B–W

B–W

R

B–O

RR

Y

R–Y

R–Y

R–Y

R–W

YY

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

B–Y

B

Y–G

B

Y–G

B

Y–R

C 7 , C 8 , C 9

J 1

W2

I2

E6

J 1

B2 D

4

G 2

P 4

WA

TE

RT

EM

P.

SE

ND

ER


10ASTARTER

7. 5AIGN

20ADOME

TOC

IRC

UIT

OP

EN

ING

RE

LAY

COMBINATION METER

WA

TER

TEM

P.

TA

CH

O

RE

AR

LIG

HT

OIL

LEV

EL

BR

AK

E

BU

LBC

HE

CK

C

A B

CH

AR

GE

DO

OR

R–W

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

BR

AK

EF

LUID

LEV

EL

SW

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

DA

YT

IME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

TO

DO

OR

CO

UR

TES

YS

W

GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)

PARKINGBRAKE SWE

NG

INE

OIL

LEV

EL

WA

RN

ING

SW

IGN

ITE

R

OIL

TE

MP

.

OIL

LEV

EL

( US

A)

(CANADA)

(CANADA)

IG– L

TO LIGHT FAILURESENSOR

194

COMBINATION METER

2A6

E17

C1 A8 C2 C7 C8

C4 C9 C6A15

C

1 A2 A14 B23

3D19 3C13 3B19

3C18

1M1

3D18 3C12 3B83D6

1C11

IG

IM35

1

D

D

G–R

G–B

G–L

R–W

G–O

G–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

Y–B

Y–B

R–Y

R–G

G–B

G–Y

G–W

R–B

R–Y

R–Y

( US

A)

( CA

NA

DA

)


15AHEAD RH

TO HEADLIGHT

FRO

MD

AY

TIM

ER

UN

NIN

GLI

GH

TR

ELA

YN

O.

3

FR

OM

HA

ZA

RD

SW

FR

OM

A/T

IND

ICA

TO

RS

W

OIL

MA

LFU

NC

TIO

NIN

DIC

ATO

RLA

MP

( CH

EC

KE

NG

INE

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

)

AB

S

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TR

OL

SE

AT

BE

LT

O/D

OF

F

HIG

HB

EA

M

TU

RN

LH

TU

RN

RH

P R

JUN

CT

ION

CO

NN

EC

OTR

OIL PRESSURESW

TOE

NG

INE

CO

NT

RO

LM

OD

ULE

( EN

GIN

EA

ND

ELE

CTR

ON

ICC

ON

TRO

LLE

DT

RA

NS

MIS

SIO

NE

CU

( W)(

A/T

) ,E

NG

INE

EC

U( W

)(M

/T))

TOA

BS

EC

U( W

)

TO

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TR

OL

EC

U( P

I)

TOIN

TE

GR

ATI

ON

RE

LAY

TO

O/D

MA

INS

W

TO

DIM

ME

RS

W( H

I)

COMBINATION METER

O 1

C 7 , C 8 , C 9

J1

A

A B

G–R

G–B

G–L

W–B

( CA

NA

DA

)

( US

A)

TO

DIM

ME

RS

W

(USA)

( US

A)

195

1F3

A7 A6C3 A5 A4

C

18

A17 B5 B4 B2

I51

A

B

A

B

R

B–O O Y–L

L–R

W–R

W–R

B–Y

B–Y

R–Y

R–G

R–L

R–L

R–L


15AECU–B

JUNCTIONSONNECTOR

FRO

ME

LEC

TRO

NIC

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

NP

AT

TER

NS

ELE

CT

SW

FROM A/T INDICATOR SW

N D 2 L

PO

WE

R

SR

S

COMBINATION METER

TO

CE

NTE

RA

IRB

AG

SE

NS

OR

AS

SE

MB

LY

TO

A/C

CO

NT

RO

LA

SS

EM

BLY

TO RHEOSTATVOLUME

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 4

J 4

C 7 , C 8 , C 9

A

A B

196

COMBINATION METER

B 2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN

P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP

O 1 OIL PRESSURE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW APPROX. 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.8 PSI, 20 KPA)

W 2 WATER TEMP. SENDER1–GROUND : APPROX. 226 (50°C, 122°F)

APPROX. 25 (115°C, 239°F)

E 6 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT UP AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 55°C (131°F)

OPEN WITH FLOAT DOWN AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 60°C (140°F)

F15 FUEL SENDER2–3 : APPROX. 3 AT FUEL FULL

APPROX. 110 AT FUEL EMPTY

C 8(B), C 9(C) COMBINATION METER(B) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B)10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B)22–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B)11–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATION


B 2 28 F15 32 P 4 31

C 7 A 30 G 2 28 S 8 B 31

C 8 B 30 I 2 29 S 9 A 31

C 9 C 30 J 1 31 T 5 31

D 4 30 J 4 31 V 3 29

E 6 28 O 1 29 W 2 29



1C


1F






3A



3D




II1 36 FLOOR NO.1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)





: GROUND POINTS






SERVICE HINTS

197

: SPLICE POINTS


E 17 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 51


I 38 38 COWL WIRE I 67

38 COWL WIRE

I 43

198

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

2

4 1B6

4 4 4

5 5

4 4

5 5

4 3

2 32 3

C

4 2 1 4 1 23

2

5 1

1 51 5

CC

C

EB14

IK11

IK12

IK14IO1

4

IL1

6

I54

I58

I58

I44 I57

M

1

2

II IG


40AHEATER

10AGAUGE

L

R–L

R–L

R–L

R–L

L

R–L

B GR

BW

–BW

–B

B–W

W–R

W–L

L–Y

B–W

L–WB

W–B B

R

R

BR

Y

L–Y

W–L

W–R

L–W

R–L

G

R–L

W–B

R–L R–L

L–Y

R–L

R–L

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

EXTRA HIGHSPEED RELAY

A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY

HEATERMAINRELAY

BLOWERMOTOR

A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH ANDA/C LOCKSENSOR

A/C POWER TRANSISTORA14

A 3

B 3

E12

J 1

2 1

I58

I58

B

B R

B

R

BLOWER RESISTOR(FOR LOW SPEED)

B 4

199

2

1

8 7 6 5 4

IL17

I 8

M

R–L

R–

Y

B–Y

L–B

R

G–W

W–

B

G

R–L

L–W

B–W

L–W

L–Y

Y

BR

W–B

R–L R–L

G

R–Y

B–Y

L–B

R

G–W

L–W

B–W

L–W

L–Y

Y

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

A23AIR VENT MODE CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

IC

DEF F/D FOOT B/L FACE DEF F/D FOOT B/L FACE

200


A4 A5B9 B8

A

10 B20 B6 B11 B12 B13 B15 B16 B7

IO15 IM34IK16 IK15 IK13IL15 IL14 IL13 IL12 IL11

W–B

BR

Y

L–Y

W–L

W–R

L–W

G–W

R

L–B

B–Y

R–Y

G

R–L

W–R

W–B

Y–W

B–W L–

Y

W–L

L–W

L–W L

L–R

L–B

L–O

W–G

R–L

GND BLW VM MGC LOCK IN HR FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF FR IG

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

A10 , A11 , A1 2

B

B C

201

B3 B4 B1 B2A10 A9

C

1 A8 A5 A7 A2 A3

12354

2 2 2

IH18

IM39

IH114

IO39

IO310

I 8 I25 I25 I25

I 8

1

2

M

A22

A10 , A11 , A12

WARM COOL

21345

M

A21

FRESH RECIRC

LW

W B–R

B–R

G–Y

Y–B

W–R

LPOB–YRR–L

L–Y

B–W

W–R

L

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–RL

Y BR

–B

V–R

BR

–Y

LGRR–L

L–Y

W–RL

W–R

W–RW–RW–R

AIR INLET CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

AIR MIX CONTROLSERVO MOTOR

1 1 1

A/C

SO

LAR

SE

NS

OR

A/C

TH

ER

MIS

TO

R

A/C

RO

OM

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR

A/C

AM

BIE

NT

TEM

P.

SE

NS

OR


A15

A17

A13

A1

A

A B

TPI AIF AIR TP AMH AMC S5 TS SG TW TR TAM

I25W–R

L

W–R

Id15 Id14 Id16 Id12Id1

3

202


I104

I87

I51

1

2

1D5 1D7

1D12 1D13

1B1

IM18IJ15

C6 B5 B218 A1 A2

7 4


L–Y

L–R

B L–Y

L–RR

–L

W–R

L–W

R–L

R–L

BB

W–R

W–R

B

R–L

15AECU–B

15ACIG/RADIO

RHEOSTATVOLUME IGNITER

B B

A/C

EV

AP

OR

ATO

RT

EM

P.

SE

NS

OR

TO COMBINATIONMETER

TO COOLINGFAN ECU

TO TACHOMETER

IG–

TE RDFGR TC IGN +B ACC

R 5I 2

A16

A

Y–L

FR

OM

DE

FO

GG

ER

RE

LAY

( CO

ILS

IDE

)

A


A10 , A11 , A1 2B C

203

EB ED

4

1

7 6

C

411

3

C

B18 B19 B23 B22 B17

IM116

3C17

3D12

3D17

3D3

IO16

AC1 ACT DOUT DIN PSW

W–B BR

BRR

–LR

–L

LG–R

Y–B

Y–B

LG–B

LG–R

B–Y

BR

W–B

A/C TCACTAC

E1

E 8

D 3

A 2

J 4

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICCONTROLLED TRANSMISSIONECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))


JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

A/C DUALPRESSURE SW

A


A10 , A11 , A1 2B C

204


1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATIONCURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL HR OFA/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT ALSO FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY AND TERMINAL 1 OF EXTRA HIGH SPEED RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL FR OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.

∗ LOW SPEED OPERATION

WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO LOW SPEED POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL HR OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWERMOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER TRANSISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND AND CAUSES THE BLOWER MOTOR TOROTATE AT LOW SPEED.

∗ HIGH SPEED OPERATION

WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO HIGH SPEED POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL HR OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON. ATTHE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 1 OF EXTRA HIGH SPEED RELAY ALSO TO TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY TERMINAL FR OFA/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND AND TURNS THE EXTRA HIGH SPEED RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THECURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 2 OF EXTRA HIGH SPEED RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND WITHOUT PASSING THROUGH THE BLOWER RESISTOR,CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.

∗ MEDIUM SPEED OPERATION

WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO MED POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL HR OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON. THEN, THE CURRENT TOTERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL BLW → TERMINAL 2 OF POWER TRANSISTOR → TERMINAL 1 →GROUND.

AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER TRANSISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND AND BLOWER MOTOR IS ROTATED AT MEDIUMSPEED BY THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY CONTROLLING THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 2 OF POWER TRANSISTOR TOTERMINAL 4.

∗ AUTO FUNCTION

WHEN THE AUTO SW IN HEATER CONTROL SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS SELECTED, THE CURRENT FLOW IS THE SAME FORMED POSITION, BUT THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY DECIDES THE APPROPRIATE AIR FLOW VOLUME ACCORDING TO THE SETTEMPERATURE AND THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR. BY CONTROLLING THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL BLW OFTHE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO TERMINAL 2 OF POWER TRANSISTOR → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLYCONTROLS THE BLOWER MOTOR STEPLESSLY.

2. OPERATION AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)

WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY →TERMINAL AIR → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL AIF OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN THEDAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT RECIRC POSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THESERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TPI OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVOM0TOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)

WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL AIF → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL2 → TERMINAL AIR OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPSAT THAT POSITION.

SYSTEM OUTLINE

205

3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORWITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.

(SWITCHING FROM DEF TO FACE)

THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL FACE OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVOMOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL DEF OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES ANDTHE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FACE SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT FACE POSITION, THE DAMPERPOSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE TERMINAL TPM OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/CCONTROL ASEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPSAT THAT POSITION.

(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO DEF)

THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL DEF OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR VENT CONTROL SERVO MOTOR→ TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL FACE OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THEDAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

4. OPERATION OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTORWHEN THE TEMPERATURE SW IS TURNED TO “COOL” SIDE THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMC OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL AMH OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY → GROUND AND THE MOTOR ROTATES. THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE AT THIS TIME IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 4 OFSERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THE DAMPER STOP POSITION ANDMAINTAIN THE SET TEMPERATURE.

WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO THE “HOT” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR →TERMINAL AMH OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 6 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL AMC OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE AND SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM “COOL“ TO“HOT” SIDE.

5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONTHE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURESIGNAL FROM THE A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR AND THE LOCK SIGNALFROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR, ETC.

WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU. (BUILT IN THEA/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY).

AS A RESULT, THE GROUND CIRCUIT IN A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS CLOSED AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TOTERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL MGC OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND→ GROUND, TURNING THE A/C MAGNETIC RELAY ON, SO THAT THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOROPERATES.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION). DETECTS THEMAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES.

OPEN DIRECTION TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE RPM DURING A/C OPERATING.

IF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY DETECTS THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS, IT STOPS THE AIR CONDITIONING:

∗ THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR VENTS IS LOW.

∗ THERE IS A MARKED DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE COMPRESSOR SPEED AND THE ENGINE SPEED.

∗ THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR ABNORMALLY LOW.

∗ THE ENGINE SPEED DECREASES.

∗ RAPID ACCELERATION OCCURS.

206


A 2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW4–1 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.5KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR 27KG/CM2 (384PSI, 2648KPA)

A 3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH4–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7

A10(B), A11(C), A12(A) A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY+B – GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 10–14 VOLTSIG – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

HR – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DO NOT TURN THE BLOWER MOTORBELOW 1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR

PSW – BELOW 1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ONACC – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITIONAC1 – GROUND: BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, OPERATE THE COMPRESSOR

+OR MORE VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, DO NOT OPERATE THE COMPRESSORBLW – GROUND: BELOW 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR

S5 – SG : 4–6 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ONSG – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

AMH – AMC : 13–19 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW OFFAIF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FRESH SW ONAIR – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RECIRC SW ON

FACE – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FACE SW ONDEF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DEF SW ONGND – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY

A14 A/C POWER TRANSISTOR1–2 : APPROX. 2.0–2.4K

: PARTS LOCATION


A 1 28 A15 30 D 3 30

A 2 28 A16 30 E 8 30

A 3 28 A17 30 E12 30

A10 B 30 A21 30 I 2 29

A11 C 30 A22 30 J 1 31

A12 A 30 A23 30 J 4 31

A13 30 B 3 30 R 5 31

A14 30 B 4 30

: RELAY BLOCKS


4 25 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)




1B20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)









IK1 36 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (NEAR THE RADIO AND PLAYER)

IL1 36 COWL WIRE AND SERVO MOTOR SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)





SERVICE HINTS

207

: GROUND POINTS





II 36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS



I 51 I 58 38 A/C SUB WIRE

I 53 38 COWL WIRE I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE

I 54 I104 38 COWL WIRE

I 55

208

GROUND POINT

VOLUME AIR FLOW(AIR FLOW METER)

CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR

EFI MAIN RELAY

HEADLIGHT LO LH

HEADLIGHT LO RH

DATA LINK CONNECTOR1 (CHECK CONNECTOR)

ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT LH

FRONT CLEARANCELIGHT RH

FRONT FOG LIGHT RH

FRONT CLEARANCELIGHT LH

FRONT FOG LIGHT LH

HEADLIGHT CLEANERMOTOR

HEADLIGHT CLEANERRELAY

ABS ACTUATOR

ABS RELAY

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAYNO. 3

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAYNO. 4

E 3E 4

E 4

E21

E19

EA1

5

2A

3

7

7

7

7

2C

A3

2D

5

EA

EB

COOLING FAN ECU

ENGINE OIL LEVELWARNING SW

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 1 (E1)(CHECK CONNECTOR)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINEAND ELECTRONICCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSIONECU (A/T),ENGINE ECU(M/T))

COMBINATION METER

DATA LINKCONNECTOR 2 (TDCL)

E26

I87

E26

E26

I38IN1

5

3D

13

3D

3

3D12

IM316

EDEC

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BR

BR

BR

(GND)

(GND)

(CANADA)

(CANADA)

(E02)

(E01)

COMBINATION METER

NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITION SYSTEM)

W–B

I87BR

BR

BR

ABS ECU

A/C DUAL PRESSURESW

WIPER MOTOR

E 4

A/C HIGH PRESSURESW

E13

FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT RH

E 3

E23

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

(CANADA)

W–B

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(OXYGEN SENSOR)(SUB)

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR)(FOR ELECTRONICCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION SYSTEM)

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE (ENGINE ANDELECTRONIC CONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION ECU(A/T), ENGINE ECU(M/T)(E1)

209

GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

SHIFT LOCK ECU

REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

O/D MAIN SW

POWER WINDOWMASTER SW ANDDOOR LOCK CONTROLSW LH

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW LH

MIRROR HEATER LH

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTDOOR OPENER SW

DOOR HANDLE SW

DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT LH

SEAT HEATER SW(PASSENGER’ S)

SEAT HEATER SW(DRIVER’ S)

THEFT DETERRENT ANDDOOR LOCK ECU

MIRROR HEATER RH

DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW RH

DOOR KEY LOCK ANDUNLOCK SW RH

DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWFRONT RH

I82

B12

B11

B12

B 1

B 1

B 2

B 2

B 2

B 2

IG116

IQ119

(GND)

(E)

IE

IJ

IH

BT1

5

BS1

5

B

B

B

B

B

B

W–

B

W–

BW

–B

W–

B

W–B

W–

BW

–BW

–B

W–

BW

–BW

–B

W–

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B


W–

BW

–B

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 2

B 3W–B

I39

I30W–B

W–

B

210

GROUND POINT

KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID

LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

DIMMER SW[COMB. SW]

HIGH BEAM INDICATORLIGHT [COMB. METER]

PERSONAL LIGHT(W/ MOON ROOF)

WIPER AND WASHER SW[COMB. SW]

RHEOSTAT

COMBINATION METER

THEFT DETERRENTINDICATOR LIGHT

WIPER CONTROLRELAY

CIRCUIT OPENNINGRELAY

PPS ECU

CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

HEATER MAIN RLEAY

CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASEEMBLY(E2)

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

BRAKE FLUID LEVELSW

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER

PERSONAL LIGHT(W/O MOON ROOF)

VANITY LIGHT RH


MOON ROOF CONTROLSW

MOON ROOF MOTOR

MOON ROOF LIGHT SW

UNLOCK WARNING SW[IGNITION SW]

CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY(E1)

POWER MAIN RELAY

NOISE FILTER

INTEGRATION RELAY

A/C POWERTRANSISTOR

EXTRA HIGH SPEEDRELAY

A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY

AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR

I36

I46

I46

I47

I42

I59

I59

B 6

B 8

I60

I42

I42

I58

I53I54

II IG

BK

IF

3D6

1M5

1M1

3B

14

3A

12

1C

11

6

4

3C

18

1F

1

1G

4

1I

6

1C

8

1F

2

6

F F

IL1

7

3A

13

3A

4

3B

5

IJ1

1

IK1

2

W–B

W–B

W–B

B B

B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–

BW

–B

W–B

W–B

W–

B

W–

B

W–

B

W–B

W–

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

TURN SIGNAL INDICATORLIGHT [COMB. METER]

CRUISE CONTROL ECU

W–B

CLOCK[A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]

DIODE(FOR CRUISE CONTROL)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 1

(E)

(E2)

B 7

VANITY LIGHT LH

(CANADA)

211

BUCKLE SW

SEAT HEATER LH(FOR SEAT BACK)

FUEL LID OPENERMOTOR

LIGHT FAILURESENSOR

DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWREAR LH

SEAT HEATER RH(FOR SEAT BACK)

HIGH MOUNT STOPLIGHT

DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWREAR RH


LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTKEY UNLOCK SW

BM

BL

B34

B14

B17B15

B27

B34

A

A

A

A

A

A

Bc1

4

Bb1

4

BU1

4

Ba1

5

BV1

4

A

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–BW–BW–BW–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–

B

W–

BW

–B

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVERAND SPEAKER RELAY

BZ1

5W–BPOWER SEAT CONTROL SW

(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

J 5

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH

REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH

WIRELESS DOOR LOCKECU

DOOR LOCK MOTOR,DOOR UNLOCK ANDOPEN DETECTION SWREAR RH

FUEL PUMPBW1

5

BV1

4

B14

B29

B33

B33

BO

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–

B

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER

BN

W–B

BY1

11W–B

A

212

GROUND POINT


J 1 31 J 2 31 J 5 32

: RELAY BLOCKS


4 25 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)


7 27 R/B NO. 7 (NEAR THE BATTERY)



1C

1F 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

1G20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)





2D 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)

3A



3D


EA1 34 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE (UNDER THE R/B NO.7)



IK1 36 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (NEAR THE RADIO AND PLAYER)

IL1 36 COWL WIRE AND SERVO MOTOR SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)






BU1 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO.1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

BV1 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO.2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BW1 40 FUEL GAUGE WIRE FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION)


BZ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Ba1 42 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

Bb1 42 SEAT LH NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

Bc1 42 SEAT RH NO.2 WIRE AND SEAT RH NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS










II36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

IJ36 RIGHT KICK PANEL

BK 40 ROOF LEFT



BN 40 LEFT QUARTER PILLAR


213

: SPLICE POINTS



I 60 38 COWL WIRE



E 10 34 RELAY WIRE I 87 38 ENGINE WIRE

E 13 B 1




B 3

40 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE

E 23 B 6

E 26 34 ENGINE WIRE B 7 40 ROOF WIRE

I 30 B 8

40 ROOF WIRE



I 39 B 14 40 REAR DOOR LH WIRE

I 42 38 COWL WIRE B 15 40 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

I 46

38 COWL WIRE

B 17 40 REAR DOOR RH WIRE

I 47 B 27 40 FLOOR NO .2 WIRE

I 53 B 2940 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE

I 54 B 3340 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE

I 58 38 A/C SUB WIRE B 34 42SEAT LH NO 1 WIRE

I 59 38 COWL WIRESEAT LH NO. 1 WIRE

214

HO

W T

O U

SE

TH

IS M

AN

UA

LOVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Junction Block (The number in the circle is theJ/B No. and connector code is shown besideit). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junc-tion blocks are shaded differently for furtherclarification.).Example:

Indicates related system.Indicates the wiring harness and wiring har-ness connector. The wiring harness with maleterminal is shown with arrowsOutside numerals are pin numbers.

is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, enginetype, or specification is different.Indicates a shielded cable.

Indicates and located on ground point.The same code occuring on the next pageindicates that the wire harness is continuous.

System TitleIndicates the wiring color.Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.B = Black L = Blue R = RedBR = Brown LG= Light Green V = VioletG = Green O = Orange W = WhiteGR= Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow

The first letter indicates the basic wire color andthe second letter indicates the color of the stripe.

Indicates the connector to be connected to apart (the numeral indicates the pin No.)The position of the parts is the same as shownin the wiring diagram and wire routing.Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for femaleand male connectors.

The numbering system for the overall wiring dia-gram is the same as above.Indicates a Relay Block. No Shading is used andonly the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguishit from the J/B.

215

216

Remote Window Defoggerand Mirror Heater

Remote Control Mirror

Seat Heater

SRS (SupplementalRestraint System)

Shift Lock

Starting and Ignition

Theft Deterrentand Door Lock

Turn Signal andHazard Warning Light

Unlock and SeatBelt Warning

Wiper and Washer

Wireless Door LockRemote Control

Headlight(for USA)

Horn

Illumination

Interior Light

Light Auto Turn Off

Moon Roof

Power Seat

Power Source

Power Window

PPS (ProgressivePower Steering)

Radio and Player

ABS (Anti–Lock BrakeSystem)

Auto Antenna

Automatic AirConditioning

Back–Up Light

Cellular MobileTelephone

Charging

Cigarette Lighterand Clock

Combination Meter

Cruise Control

Electronic ControlledTransmission andA/T Indicator

Engine Control

Front Fog Light

Electronically ControlledHydraulic Cooling Fan

2–2

4–4

9–2

3–2

17–2

19–2

11–4

1–4

20–3

3–7

15–2

16–2

24–2

21–2 (w/ CD Player)22–2 (w/o CD Player

1~24–1

10–2

12–2

13–3

14–2

13–2

20–2

7–2

5–2

4–2

9–4

8–2

12–3

12–2

23–2

9–3

18–2

1–2

6–4

Headlight Cleaner(for Canada)

Taillight

10–4

15–3

11–2

6–2

10–3

SYSTEM INDEX

Headlight Cleaner

Stop Light

18–8

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

OV

ER

ALL E

LEC

TR

ICA

L WIR

ING

DIA

GR

AM

1 2 3 4

1 LEXUSES300 ELECTRICALWIRINGDIAGRAM

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

7

910 AM2

1G9

2F2

1G6

2

1

3

2

6 6 6

2E8 2E6

1E5

1E1

3

1

4

2

3 EE1

10 IM1 5 IH3

17 IM1

1 EE1

141A

6

1 A

B

1 2

2CB1 1G8 1G3 2F1

1D3 1D6 2CB4

2CA6

61AIM1

16

1

2 2 B

L3

B

1B

1A

IG

S

B

EC

2

15

1 2 3 4 1 2 4

E

12

E

13

3

W–RWWB

B–Y

B–W

WW

W

W

B–R

B–R

W–B

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

BB

B

B–R

W–R

B–WB–R W

–R

B–O

R–L W

W

Y

W–R

B–W

B R L Y

W–R W

Y

BR

YY R–L

B

B–W

B–W

BB

10 IM3

W–R

B–R

B–W

G

G G

B (M/T)

B (A/T)

B–R

B–Y

B–R

W–R W–R

W–R

W

G B

W

W

W–R

To Engine ControlModule (Engine andElectronicControlledTransmissionECU(A/T), EngineECU(M/T))<2–6>

ToE

ngin

eC

ontro

lM

odul

e( E

ngin

ean

dEl

ectro

nic

Con

trolle

dTr

ansm

issi

onE

CU

( A/T

) ,En

gine

EC

U( M

/T))

<2–

8>

Power Source Starting and Ignition Charging

I11IGNITION SW

40AAM1

BATTERY

S2

STAR

TIN

JEC

TOR

TIM

ESW

C1

CO

LDS

TAR

TIN

JEC

TOR

C6

CLU

TCH

STA

RT

SW

P1

PA

RK

/NE

UTR

AL

PO

SIT

ION

SW( N

EU

TRA

LS

TAR

TS

W)

30ASTMAIN

30AAM2

10ASTARTER

I 3IGNITION COIL

D 2DISTRIBUTOR

I 2IGNITER

N1

NO

ISE

FILT

ER

( for

Igni

tion

Sys

tem

)

C7

CH

AR

GE

WAR

NIN

GLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.M

ETE

R]

From

Day

time

Run

ning

Ligh

tRel

ay<

5–2>

To Data LinkConnector 1(CheckConnector)<2–4>

To Cooling FanECU<9–2>To CombinationMeter<19–2>To A/C ControlAssembly<24–4>

STARTER

Intake manifoldRH

7. 5AIGN

10AGAUGE

7. 5AALT–S

100A

ALT

F7

FUS

EB

OX

To’

STAR

TER

’Fu

se<

2–2>

To Theft DeterrentECU<18–4>

From

Dio

de<

17–3

>

To Engine Control Module(Engine and ElectronicControlled TransmissionECU(A/T), Engine ECU(M/T))<2–7>

FL MAIN2. 0L

1

2

1

B–W

STARTERRELAY

B–O

(M/T

)

( A/T

)

BR

W

STARTER

1


1

J1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

1 2

S 3 , S 4A B G 1 A , G 2


B

B–Y

W

2

1

E

BS 4

AS 3 BLACK

BG 2AG 1 BLACK

1

1

2 3

B–W

ToB

ulb

Che

ckR

elay

3 IM3

OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

12

34

2LE

XUS

ES30

0

4

AC

C

IG1

ST1 IG2

ST2

AM1

2 7 910

AM2

1G9

1G8

2CA

1

3C2

66

6

1E1

1A6

1D9

3B20

2CA

6

2E2C

2A

66

6

3E

E19

IM1

15IM

3

18IM

3

5B

W1

IGB

LEB

3A13

1C11

3C 1M1

54 M

BW1

4II116

2C

1G3

1D6

19 3D

3D7

18 3D

IL1

IL3

12 3D3 3D

16IM

3

ED

EB

12

12

12

12

12

12

19IM

3

3 1D

2 3D

IM1

1122

236

195

16

8 9 12 4

815

4

3

1413

7 2 5 1

3

12 1

B–W B–O

B–O R–Y

W–G

B–W G–R B

R–W

W R–L

G–R

BR–B

G–W GR

W Y GR L R G

Y–B

B–Y

G–O

G–R

G–W

BR–B

Y–G

BRW

–RL–

B

L–B

B–O

B–O

B–W

B–O

L–B

W

B

W W B B

W–RW–R

B–W

B–O

B–Y

B–W

W–G

B–O

W–B

R–Y

G–R

R–YW–GB–WB–O

G–R

LG–R

G–B

G–W

L–W

B

B–Y

R–G

B

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–W

R–L

W

L–B

G–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–B

L–B

W–B

G–R

B

W–B

W–B

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

WY

GR

L

R

GE

1

TE1

OX

2O

X1

TCAB

EC

T

W

FPB

E1

EN

G

TE2 TT TE1

TCW

AW

BO

PT

IG–

ABTS

VF2

VF

I11

IGN

ITIO

NS

W

40A

AM1 F7

FUSEBOX

100AALT 21

7.5A

IGN

10A

STAR

TER

CIR

CU

ITO

PEN

ING

RE

LAY

FromStarterRelay<1–2>

30A

AM

215

AE

FI

EFIMAINRELAY

10A

GAU

GE MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR

LAMP(CHECKENGINEWARNINGLIGHT)[COMB.METER]

From

O/D

Mai

nS

W<

3–5>

From

Cru

ise

Con

trol

ECU

<17

–2>

From

AB

SE

CU

<16

–3>

From

Airb

agE

CU

<12

–4>

From

A/C

Con

trol

Asse

mbl

y<24

–3>

FromABSECU<16–3>FromAirbagECU<12–4>FromCruiseControlECU<17–4>

FromABSECU<16–3>ToABSRelay<16–2>FromCoolingFanECU<9–2>

FromIgniter<1–3>

FromAirbagECU<12–4>

ToABSECU<16–3>

D1

DA

TALI

NK

CO

NN

ECTO

R1

( CH

EC

KC

ON

NEC

TOR

)B–WB–W

4

1

13

GR

Fron

tle

ftfe

nder

Inta

kem

anifo

ldLH

Fron

tlef

tfe

nder

Und

erth

ele

ftqu

arte

rpi

llar

F15

FUE

LP

UM

P

Inst

rum

entp

anel

brac

eLH

BATTERY

FLM

AIN

2.0L

Pow

erS

ourc

eE

ng

ine

Co

ntr

ol

( Con

t.ne

xtpa

ge)

46

1

53

2

IL1 15

GR

22F

B–O

W–B

G–R

BR

18

L–B

2 1

6A1

3A

5

42

31

R–L

G–L

10A

/D

From

Cen

terA

irbag

Sens

orA

ssem

bly<

12–4

>

G–W

2C

A4

1718

12

34

56

78

910 23

2221

2019

1514

1312

1116

1011

1213

1718

1920

21

12

34

56

78

9

1415

16BC

7G

RAY

AC

8

MAL

FUN

CTI

ON

IND

ICA

TOR

LAM

P( C

HE

CK

ENG

INE

WAR

NIN

GLI

GH

T)[C

OM

B.

MET

ER]

TOA/

CC

ontro

lAss

embl

y<

24–4

>ToA

BS

EC

U<

16–3

>R

–L14

ABS

A/C

11LG

–B

1A

1B

C7B,C8A

W–R

W–R

D3

DA

TALI

NK

CO

NN

ECTO

R2

( TD

CL)

B–R

B–O

B–O

B–O

I9INJECTORNo.6

I8INJECTORNo.5

I7INJECTORNo.4

I6INJECTORNo.3

I5INJECTORNo.2

I4INJECTORNo.1

5 6 7 8

2 LEXUS ES300(Cont’ d )

12 IM3

11 IM1

18 IM1

4 IN1 5 IN1

12 IN1 1 IN1 11IN1

1

2

1

2

A A D D D D D D D 5 C A C C A

D B B B B B A A A A

EC ED

A A A A A C C C

A A A D D D A D D A A B B B B

12 IM2

3C19

3B4

11 1

2

1

2

1 ED1 3 ED1 2 ED1 4 ED1

BC B B B B B

EB

1

1

2 2 3 4

7 5 6 4

4 1 6 33 1

2 42 5 21

W TE2 DG TE1 OX1 OX2 E1 EO1 EO2 #10 #20 #30 #40 #50 #60 NE G1 G2 G– KNK1 KNK2 THW THG IDL VTA

BRBR

W–B

WY

GRLRG

GRBR–BG–W

G–RR–LW

BR–W

B–WW–GR–YB–OB–OB–W

W P–B

W P–B

B–WB–OR–L

B–O

B–O

W–L

B–W

R–WBBR

G–R

G–W

BR

–B GR

W–G

B–O R–Y

B–O BR

B–O BR

B–O

B–O

B–R

LG W–L

G–W L–R

R–B

B–O

B–O

LG–R

B–Y

V–Y G R–B

G–W W

–R W L–B

BR

Y–L

L–R

BR

BR

G–R

G–R

L–RBL

LL

BR

W–B

BBRBR

BWW B

G GR B

YLRB

W–B

W–B

BR

W R–L

W R–L BR

W–B

W–B

W Y GR L R G

BRBR

From

Igni

ter

<1–

3>

From

Dis

tribu

tor

<1–

3>

VF2 VF1 STA BATT +B +B1 M–REL IGSW NSW OX3 HT FPU IACV ISC1 ISC2 ISC3 ISC4 ACT A/C SP1 STJ R BK IGF IGT THA E2 VS VC

G–R

B E

HTROX3

H11HEATEDOXYGENSENSOR(OXYGENSENSOR)

(*1)

V1

VSV(

forF

uelP

ress

ure

Up)

V2

VSV

( forI

ntak

eAi

rC

ontro

l)

I1 IDLE

AIR

CO

NTR

OL

VAL

VE

( ISC

VAL

VE)

ToA

/CC

ontro

lA

ssem

bly<

24–4

>

From

A/C

Con

trol

Ass

embl

y<24

–3>

From

Com

bina

tion

Met

er<

19–2

>

From

Sta

rtIn

ject

orTi

me

SW

<1–

2>

From

Par

k/N

eutra

lPos

ition

SW( N

eutra

lSta

rtS

W) <

3–7>

From

Stop

Ligh

tSW

<6–

4>

V5

VOLU

ME

AIR

FLO

W( A

IRFL

OW

ME

TER

)

From

Coo

ling

Fan

ECU

<9–

2>Fr

omC

ruis

eC

ontro

lEC

U<

17–4

>

T 2THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR

(Ex.

*1)

( Ex.

*1)

( *1)

( *1)

E1

SH

OR

TPI

N

E1

EG

RG

ASTE

MP

.S

EN

SO

R

E3

EN

GIN

EC

OO

LAN

TTE

MP

.S

ENSO

R( E

FIW

ATE

RTE

MP.

SE

NS

OR

)

K2

KNO

CK

SEN

SO

RN

o.2

K1

KNO

CK

SEN

SO

RN

o.1

( SH

IELD

ED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

11

O3

OXY

GEN

SEN

SO

RN

o.2(

Mai

n)

O2

OXY

GEN

SEN

SO

RN

o.1(

Mai

n)

Intake manifold LHIntake manifold RH

(SHIELDED)

( SH

IELD

ED)

Front leftfender

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU(A/T), ENGINE ECU(M/T))

Engine Control

1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11

14 15 16 17 18 24

5 12

25 262019 21 22 23

13

A DRAK GRAY

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU(A/T), ENGINE ECU(M/T))

B–O

4 15 8 7 5 13 24 13

14 15 11 2 12 1 3 13 22 1 2 3 7 6 45

26 12 11 23 22 21 20 6101112 6 414

6 7 8 25 19 14 17 18 3 9

11 1012

2 1

E 7

W–B

E 7 A , E 8 , B E 9 C , E10 D

C

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11

12 14 15 16 17 18 22

6

19 20 2113

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

161514131211109

64321

1211

5

9 1087

E10 D DRAK GRAYE 9 DRAK GRAYE 8 DRAK GRAYB

1G6

1E5

B–W

( SH

IELD

ED

)

B–O B–O B–O B–O

BRBR

BR

( SH

IELD

ED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)

( SH

IELD

ED)

BR3 2A

2CA3

G–W

*1 : Califonia


12

34

3LE

XUS

ES30

0( C

ont.

next

page

)

1G9

2E6

2F2

1G8

1G3

1E1

2A3

2C2C

2CA4

1D3

1K8

IM1

12IM

3IM

1

4

ACC

IG1

ST1 IG2

ST2

AM

12 9

10A

M2

3EE

13

C

M–R

EL

1C +B

1

2C

BAT

T

13C

IGSW

18C

O/D

1

8C SPD

22C

NSW

12C +B

13AE0

1

26AE02

24AE1

16BSP

2

8BDG

7BTE

1

15BTE

2

15AVF

1

EBED

EC

9IH

3

14AVF2

1BVC

10BVTA

9BE2

11BIDL

9C

O/D

2

2A 2

3A L

20C P

6 1D

IH24

1 2

7.5A

IGN

10A

GAU

GE

15A

EFI

30A

AM

2

40A

AM

1

Inta

kem

anifo

ldR

HFr

ontl

eft

fend

erIn

take

man

ifold

LH

I11

IGN

ITIO

NS

W

100AALT

EFI

MA

INR

ELAY

FromCruiseControlECU<17–4>

FromVehicleSpeedSensor(SpeedSensor)<19–2>

SeeEngineControlSystem<2–6>

36

W W–R

B–O

B

R–L

L–R

Y–L

O G–O

L–R

R–L

R–L

R–L

B

W W W B B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

BRLG–B

L

L–RL–R

Y–L

O

G–O

B–Y

B–O

B–Y

R–Y

B–O

W–G

B–O

R–L

W–L

Y–B

V–Y

B–O

W–B

B–O

1811

BATT

ER

Y

F7FUSEBOX

V4VEHICLESPEEDSENSOR(SPEEDSENSOR)(forELECTRONICCONTROLLEDTRANSMISSION)

FLM

AIN

2.0L

See

Engi

neC

ontro

lSy

stem

<2–

5>S

eeEn

gine

Con

trol

Sys

tem

<2–

8>

FromCruiseControlECU<17–4>

POWER

NORMAL

Ele

ctro

nic

Con

trolle

dTr

ansm

issi

onan

dA

/TIn

dica

tor

Pow

erS

ourc

e

E11

ELEC

TRO

NIC

CO

NTR

OLL

EDTR

AN

SM

ISSI

ON

PATT

ER

NSE

LEC

TSW

W

10A

9A

8A 2

13S1

S2

SL

P–L

P–L

L–Y

V

R

E2

ELE

CTR

ON

ICC

ON

TRO

LLE

DTR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

SO

LEN

OID

ToCruiseControlECU<17–4>

B

12

34

67

89

1011

1415

1617

1824

512 25

2620

1921

2223

131

23

45

67

8 1615

1413

1211

109

12

34

57

89

1011

1214

1516

1718

22

6

1920

2113

AB

C

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TRO

LM

OD

ULE

( EN

GIN

EAN

DE

LEC

TRO

NIC

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

NE

CU

)

E7

E8

E10

DA

RK

GR

AYD

AR

KG

RA

YD

AR

KG

RAY

A5

A1

1

34

2

12

E7

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TRO

LM

OD

ULE

( EN

GIN

EAN

DE

LEC

TRO

NIC

CO

NTR

OLL

ED

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

NE

CU

)

,E8

AB

,E10

C

1 2

5 6 7 8

3 LEXUS ES300(Cont’ d )

DD

D

D

7 IN1 8 IN1 13 IN1 1 IN1

9 IN1

14 IN1

16 IH3 15 IH3 14 IH3 10 IH3 13 IH3

2 IM3

II110

7 BY1

8 IH3

1 B 4 A 5 A 6 A 3 C 7 A 8 C 7 C

9 C 5 B 4 B 2 B 23 B

B

B

IE IG BO

3

1

63D

111C

183C

11M

1

2

2

5

2

5

4 9 8 7 5 1

6

L 2 D N R P

Back panel centerLeft kick panel Instrument panelbrace LH

R–L

L–R

Y–L

O

G–O

R–L

R–L

R–B

R–BR–B

R–B

W–BG–O

Y–L

O

W–B

R–L

R–L

Y–L O

Y–L O

B–O R R–B

G–W

Y–L O B–O R

R–B G

–WG

–WY–L O B–O RL–R

R–L

G–O

G–O

G–O

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

G–O

P 1PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL STRAT SW)

( A/T

)

J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

ToD

ata

Link

Con

nect

or2

( TD

CL)

<2–

3>

O/D

OFF

POW

ER

L 2 D N R P

RHEOSTAT

See IlluminationSystem<7–4>

O 4O/D MAINSW


BAC

K–U

PLI

GH

T[R

EAR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

T]

R 7RH

R 6LH

A/T INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

(M/T)

( M/T

)

B 1BACK–UP LIGHTSW(M/T)

A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]

Electronic Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator Back–Up Light

543216 7 8 9 10 1112

C BLUE

IN19

R–B

(A/T)

C 9

C 7 A , C 9 C, C 8 B

21

9

20

8 7

19

6

18 17 16 15 14

5

13

4 3

12 11 10

2 1

A GRAYC 7

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

BC 8

R–B

R–B To Engine Control Module

(Engine and ElectronicControlled Transmission ECU)

<2–7>


12

34

4LE

XUS

ES30

0

2F2

2D8

2D4

2E1

2A6

2A2

61

21

21

21

21

12IH

15

EC1

IFEB

EB

8E

C1

4

119

3 1314

12

55

11

11

21

53

21

7EC

1

11E

C1

EA

9

6

21

21

4E

E1

12

Left

kick

pane

lFr

ontr

ight

fend

erFr

ontl

eft

fend

er

15A

HE

AD( L

WR

–LH

)

20A

FOG

15A

HE

AD

( LH

)15

AH

EAD

( RH

)

Fron

tlef

tfe

nder

B

B

R–B

R–B

R–Y

G–R

WW

(*1)

R–B

R–W

W–B

R–B

W–B

BWW

R–B R–B R–Y

R–B

R–B

R–Y

R–Y

R–YR–Y

R

R–Y

R

R

W–B W–B

R–BR–B

R–B

W–B

R–B

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B W–B

R–L

R–W R–WR–W

R R

R–Y

W

W

W

100AALT

F7FUSEBOX

FLM

AIN

2.0L

I12

INTE

GR

ATI

ON

RE

LAY

ToTheftDeterrentECU<18–3>

HEA

DLI

GH

TR

ELAY

C9HIGHBEAMINDICATORLIGHT[COMB.METER]

LIGHTCONTROLSW

DIMMERSW

OFF

TAIL

HE

AD

LOW

HIG

H

FLA

SH

BA

TTE

RY

C10

CO

MBI

NA

TIO

NSW

H3HEADLIGHTHILH

H5HEADLIGHTLOLH

H6HEADLIGHTLORH

H4HEADLIGHTHIRH

F3

LHF

4R

HFO

GLI

GH

T

OFF ON

FGEF

C10

FOG

LIG

HT

SW

[CO

MB

.SW

]

FOG

LIG

HT

REL

AY

(*1)

(USA)

Pow

erS

ourc

eH

eadl

ight

( for

US

A)

Fron

tFog

Ligh

t

EL

HT

EDH

FH

I

1

4

2

3

( US

A)

1 1

*1:

Can

ada

(*1)

R( *

1)

ToH

eadl

ight

LOLH

<5–

4>

HL

3

R–L

R–L

W–B

W–B

1 2 3 4

5 LEXUSES300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

AM2

1G9

1E41G32F2

52D4

1E1

3A18 3A9

1B7 1D4 2E1 2D85 5

2A2

3A17 3B11

12 IH1

4 EE1 3 EE1

8 EC1

EB16

1

2

3

3A12 3A10

13 11 18 83

4 2 10 15 9 17 5 16

9 11

4

14 12 13

3

2

1

3C18 3D8

IG IE

A

A

7 5 5

7 5 5

2 4

1 3

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

EA12

EB

5 EC1

EA11

2A6

111C

11M

7. 5ADRL

15AHEAD(LWR–RH)

15AHEAD(LWR–LH)

15AHEAD(UPR–RH)

15AHEAD(UPR–LH)

15AECU–B

10AGAUGE

From

Hea

dlig

htC

lean

erSW

<10

–1>

Front left fenderLeft kick panelInstrument panelbrace LH

From Parking BrakeSW<19–3>To Brake FluidLevel SW<19–3>

To Generator(Alternator)<1–4>

From

Tailli

ghtR

elay

<6–

2><

7–1>

FromFuse” TAIL” <7–2> To

Illum

inat

ion

<7–

2>

ToTh

eftD

eter

rent

and

Doo

rLoc

kEC

U<

18–3

>

ToIn

tegr

atio

nR

elay

<6–

2><

7–1>

B B

WR–L

W–B

R–B

W

B

W–B

Y

R–B

R–G

W W

W

WW

B–Y

W

B

R

R–BL–Y

R–L

G–R G G

R–L

L–Y

R R–B

R–Y

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–Y

R–Y

R

G–B

W–B Y

W–B

R–Y

R–W

R–W W

–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

W–B

R–B

W–B

W–B

R–W

W W

R

R–B

R

W–R

R–G

R–G

W–B

WW

BB

I11IGNITION SW40A

AM1

HEADLIGHTRELAY

DA

YTIM

ER

UN

NIN

GLI

GH

TR

ELA

YN

o.2

I12

INTE

GR

ATI

ON

REL

AY

E CHG– BRK PKB

IG +B DRL H HI

100A

ALT

F7

FUSE

BO

X

FL MAIN2. 0L

BATTERY


DIM

ME

RS

W

LIG

HT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

HF HL HU ED T H EL

H3

HE

ADLI

GH

TH

ILH

C9

HIG

HBE

AMIN

DIC

ATO

RLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

MET

ER]

H4

HEA

DLI

GH

TH

IRH

C10COMBINATION SW

1

H6

HE

ADLI

GH

TLO

RH

H5

HE

ADLI

GH

TLO

LH

2

W

R

R–L

W

Power Source Headlight(for Canada)

D 4DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY(Main)

R

RT

oFo

gLi

ghtR

elay

<4–

4>

B

1

3 2

4

TAIL

T

INTB TOUT

2

1

7

EA1

7

7 7

7 7

7

7 7

5

4

3

1

2

4

3

2

1

5 EA1

3 EA1

W–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–G

R–B

DA

YTI

ME

RU

NN

ING

LIG

HT

REL

AYN

o.4

DAY

TIM

ER

UN

NIN

GLI

GH

TR

ELA

YN

o.3

4

R–B

W–B

R–B

R–Y

LOW

HIGH

FLASH

OFF

TAIL

HEAD


12

34

6LE

XUS

ES30

0

1E4

3D5

1B8

1D14

1H7

3D4

4E

E111

IH1

3E

C1

1B

Y16

BY1

12

12

IFEB

EA

11

21

22 1

1M3

4 1L 15 1A 17 1H6 1M

12

712

12

6

59

10

BO

BO

BM

216

216

23

23

21

3B

X21

BX1

4B

Y112

BY

114

BY1

25A

STO

P15

ATA

IL

Left

kick

pane

lFr

ontr

ight

fend

erU

nder

the

right

quar

ter

pilla

r

Back

pane

lce

nter

Bac

kpa

nel

cent

erFr

ontl

eft

fend

er

W

G–B

W–B

G

GG

–WG

–W

W–B

W W

G

B

G–R

G G

G G

G G

G W–B

W–B

W–B

LG–R

LG

G–O

G–R

R

R

R

R

G–R

G–O

LG

LG–R

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–W

TAIL

LIG

HT

RE

LAY

ToTheftDeterrentECU<18–3>

ToDaytimeRunningLightRelay<5–1>

FromDaytimeRunningLightRelay<5–1>

I12

INTE

GR

ATI

ON

REL

AY

100AALT

F7FUSEBOX

G–R

G–R

( Can

ada)

(USA)

G–R

TEL

H

OFF

TAIL

HE

AD

BA

TTE

RY

FLM

AIN

2.0L

C10LIGHTCONTROLSW[COMB.SW]

F5FRONTCLEARANCELIGHTLH

F6FRONTCLEARANCELIGHTRH

LICENSEPLATELIGHTRH

G

(w/oCDChanger)

(w/CDChanger)

TAILLIGHTRH

LICENSEPLATELIGHTLH

TAILLIGHTLH

ToS

hift

Lock

ECU

<12

–2>

ToA

BS

EC

U<

16–3

>To

Cru

ise

Con

trolE

CU

<17

–3>

ToE

ngin

eC

ontro

lMod

ule

( Eng

ine

and

Elec

troni

cC

ontro

lled

Tran

smis

sion

ECU

( A/T

) ,En

gine

ECU

( M/T

))

G–W

G–W

G–R

S12

STO

PLI

GH

TSW

Pow

erS

ourc

eT

aill

igh

tS

top

Ligh

t

R6STOPLIGHTLH[REARCOMB.LIGHTLH]

R7STOPLIGHTRH[REARCOMB.LIGHTRH]

H12HIGHMOUNTSTOPLIGHT

R7

REA

RC

OM

BIN

ATIO

NLI

GH

TR

H

R6

RE

ARC

OM

BIN

ATI

ON

LIG

HT

LH

L2

LIG

HT

FAIL

UR

ES

EN

SO

R

23

15

( Can

ada)

4

Y–G

From

Com

bina

tion

Met

er<

19–3

>

1 2 3 4

7 LEXUSES300

1

2

3

7

3

2

1

3

2

1

1

2

4

2

6

3

9

2

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

AM2

1G9

3D5 3C4

1E4

1E1

1B8 1D14

3D4

1L7 1B4 1D11

3D203D9

1D10

4 EE1 3 EE1

16 IH2

1 IH1

3C21

C10LIGHT CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]

HEAD

11

2

T EL H

OFF

TAIL

IF IJ

B

B

1B5 1D2 3D11 3C11

1L8 3D11D1 3C1

2

1

12 IH2

10 IH1

1G3

1D6203C

IJ19

IJ16

IJ18

IJ17

6

3

5 IJ1

IG

3D6

1C11

3C18

1M1

23

1 4 8

2 5 6

2

5

4

7

3

A AA

A

5

4

3

6

7

21

1

2

W

W

BB

G G

W–GW–G

W–B

G

G G

R–W

R–B

R–GR–G

R–B

R–W

R–L

W

W WW

W

G–R

G

G

GG

G G

G–W

B B B

B

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G

G

G

G G

G R–L

B

W–B

R–Y

R–L

R–G

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–G

W–G

W–BW–B

W–B

G

B

G

B–Y

W–B

15ATAIL

10AGAUGE

Instrument panelbrace LH

Right kick panelLeft kick panel

G

40AAM1

ToD

aytim

eR

unni

ngLi

ghtR

elay

<5–

1>

From

Day

time

Run

ning

Ligh

tRel

ay<

5–2>

ToD

aytim

eR

unni

ngLi

ghtR

elay

<5–

2>

From

Day

time

Run

ning

Ligh

tRel

ay<

5–1>

To Clock<11–4>

I12

INTE

GR

ATI

ON

RE

LAY


100A

ALT

F7

FUS

EB

OX

G3

GLO

VEBO

XLI

GH

T

A12

A/C

CO

NTR

OL

ASS

EMB

LY

H9

HA

ZAR

DSW

C5

ASH

TRA

YIL

LUM

INA

TIO

N

H10

HEA

DLI

GH

TC

LEA

NE

RS

W

E11

ELE

CTR

ON

ICC

ON

TRO

LLED

TRAN

SM

ISS

ION

PAT

TER

NS

ELEC

TS

W

BATTERY

FL MAIN2. 0L

G4

GLO

VE

BO

XLI

GH

TS

W


BG G GG

W–G

O4

A/T

IND

ICAT

OR

LIG

HT

( Shi

ftLe

ver)

R1

RA

DIO

AND

PLA

YER

S5

SEAT

HE

ATER

SW( D

river

’s)

S6

SEAT

HE

ATER

SW( P

asse

nger

’s)

G

( US

A)

G–B G

G–R

( Can

ada)

( Can

ada)

( Can

ada)

G

( Can

ada)

B–Y

TR E2 E

RE

RV

T RL

R 5RHEOSTATVOLUME

Power Source Illumination

TAIL

LIG

HT

REL

AY

( USA

)

TC

ET

TR

EP

C9

CO

MBI

NA

TIO

NM

ETE

R

R–L

ToA/

CC

ontro

lA

ssem

bly<

24–3

>

I11IGNITION SW

1

2 3

2

1 5

R 4RHEOSTAT

IG


12

34

8LE

XUS

ES30

0

4

AC

C

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1

2

AM2

1G9

1G3

3C14

1E1

1C5

3D14

3A16

3EE

1

12IG

210

IG2

2 1B 7 1K 4 1I 2 1H3 1B 1 1K

IEIG

IE

1M1

1H19

21

16IG

216

IG1

2E7

1C1

1H6

1I1

1K12

IH23

4IF

1

13B

Y1

13IG

213

IG2

5IQ

2

21

12

21

21

21

BB

B

B

IH28

IH22

IR29

20IG

1

21

11

211

1

1B

1A

2A

4B

BK

IF

1I6

1M5

19B

11A

14IQ

2

2F2

5BY

1

211K

15 15IH

2

2IG

2

Inst

rum

ent

pane

lbra

ceLH

Roo

flef

tLe

ftki

ckpa

nel

Left

kick

pane

l

20A

DO

ME

10AGAUGE

40A

AM

1

(w/MoonRoof)(w/oMoonRoof)

B

B–Y

B

R–W

G–R

R–W R–Y

R–G

R–Y

R–W

G–R

R

R–W

R–W

R–B

B BWWW

R–BR–B W–B W–B

W–B

R–W

W–B

W–B

R–W

R–W

R–GR–G

R–W

R–WR

R

R

RR

R R

R

R

R

R R–W

R–G

G–R

R–Y

G–R

W–B

G–R R–W

R–W

W–B

W–B

R

R

R

R–W

I11

IGN

ITIO

NSW

INTE

GR

ATI

ON

RE

LAY

100AALT

F7FUSEBOX

I10IGNITIONKEYCYLINDERLIGHT

OPENDOORINDICATORLIGHT[COMB.METER]

Left

kick

pane

l

FLM

AIN

2.0L

BAT

TER

Y

D13DOORHANDLESW

FromWirelessDoorLockECU<18–8>

D11DOORCOURTESYSWREARLH

R–W

R–G

FromTheftDeterrentECU<18–2>


R–G

R–W


FromCDAutomaticChanger<21–1>

V7VANITYLIGHTRH

PERSONALLIGHT

D8DOORCOURTESYLIGHTFRONTRH

D7DOORCOURTESYLIGHTFRONTLH

D14DOORKEYCYLINDERLIGHT

L6LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHT

R

R–W

R–W

J3

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

B

Pow

erS

ourc

eIn

terio

rLi

ght

1718

12

34

56

78

910 23

2221

2019

1514

1312

1116

1011

1213

1718

1920

21

12

34

56

78

9

1415

16

AB

OPE

ND

OO

RIN

DIC

ATO

RLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

MET

ER

]

GR

AY

1 2

12

34

56

AB

PE

RS

ON

ALLI

GH

TC

7C

8

C7A,C8B

M2B,P5A

P5

M2

L7LUGGAGECOMPARTMENTLIGHTSW

(w/oMoonRoof)

(w/MoonRoof)

12

D12DOORCOURTESYSWREARRH

D18DOOROPENDETECTIONSWFRONTLH

D10DOORCOURTESYSWFRONTRH

19

IQ1

21 IQ1 IJ

Rig

htki

ckpa

nel

W–BR–W W–B

15

D9DOORCOURTESYSWFRONTLH

R–G

D19DOOROPENDETECTIONSWFRONTRH

21

D6DIODE

DIO

DE

OFF

DOOR2

1

I13INTERIORLIGHT

ON

21

V6VANITYLIGHTLH

RR

R

R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R

R

1 2 3 4

9 LEXUSES300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

AM2

1G9

1E1

3 EE1

1G3

3C16

1A7

3A15

7 IM2

EC IF

6

2F2

52E

2E4 2A5

1A2

6

6

4 EC1 1 EC1

1A9

3D6

1C11

3C18

1M1

1H16

EB BO EA IG

1

3

1

3

9 BY1 10 BY1

2 II1

7 5 65 8

12

10 8 9

11

4 4

2 2

F

F

B1 F B2 TL TR TB

OFF

ON

8 A 2 B

23 C

I11IGNITION SW

40AAM1

15AECU–IG

1 12 2S 1SOLENOIDVALVE(for CoolingFan)

E 4ENGINE COOLANTTEMP. SENSOR(WATER TEMP.SENSOR)

(for CoolingFan)

From

Igni

ter

<1–

3>

ToEn

gine

Con

trolM

odul

e( E

ngin

ean

dEl

ectro

nic

Con

trolle

dTr

ansm

issi

onE

CU

( A/T

) ,E

ngin

eE

CU

( M/T

))<

2–8>

C12COOLING FAN ECU

ToD

ata

Link

Con

nect

or1

( Che

ckC

onne

ctor

) <2–

4>

J1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

F5

FRO

NT

TUR

NSI

GN

ALLI

GH

TLH

R6

RE

ARTU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

TLH

[RE

AR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

TLH

]

R7

REA

RTU

RN

SIG

NA

LLI

GH

TR

H[R

EAR

CO

MB

.LI

GH

TR

H]

F6

FRO

NT

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

LIG

HT

RH

LH RH

TUR

NS

IGN

AL

IND

ICAT

OR

LIG

HT

[CO

MB.

ME

TER

]

TURNSIGNALFLASHER

J5

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

C10

HO

RN

SW

[CO

MB

.S

W]

H 7LH

H 8RH

HORN

HORNRELAY

15AHAZ–HORN

7. 5ATURN

H9

HA

ZAR

DS

W

C10

TUR

NSI

GN

ALLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

SW

]

Instrumentpanelbrace LH

Front rightfender

Backpanelcenter

Leftkickpanel

Intakemanifold RH

Frontleftfender

4 2 3 10 9 8

1 6 5

W

B–Y

G–R

G–W

G–B

W

G–WG–W

G–Y

G–B

G–W

G–WG–B

G–WG–B

G–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–Y

G–YG–B

G–B G–B

G–B

G–B

G–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–Y

G–Y

W–B

W–B

L–R

L–W

L–W

G–B

G–B

G–Y

G–Y

G–Y

G–B

G–W

BR

Y–L Y L–Y

BB

B

WW

B–R

B–R

B L

B

WLFL MAIN2. 0L

BATTERY

E SOL+ SOL– TH– TH+ HP

IDLTACIGB

W–R

1

10 1 1

ToTh

eftD

eter

rent

ECU

<18

–4>

PowerSource

Electronically ControlledHydraulic Cooling Fan Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light Horn

10111213 17 1819 2021

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

141516

543216 7 8 9 10 11 12

A B

TURN SIGNAL INDICATORLIGHT[COMB. METER]

GRAY BLUE

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

C

TURN SIGNAL INDICATORLIGHT[COMB. METER]

F7

FUSE

BOX

1

100A

ALT

2

C7

A,C

9B

C 7 C 9

1

2

2 1

3

G–Y

G–Y

,C8

C

C 8

1 3

2

LH RH

8 EB1

2

3

EB

W–B

L–R

A2

A/C

HIG

HPR

ESSU

RE

SW

Frontleftfender

1C8

1M5

W–B


12

34

10LE

XUS

ES30

0 4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1

2

AM2

1A13

1E9

1G3

1E1

4EE

1

3EE

1

17IO

110

EC1

18IO

1

2IH

1

21 M

1H2

1G2

1D6

2B

Z1

1

1

1C71

A

14B

34

12IH

1

BL

IGEA

1E2

1K3

1C1H

1D8

1IH

2

11IG

215

IQ2

1B

S11

BT1

1M1

5B

S15

BT1

16IG

119

IQ2

IEIJ

IGB

N

1B

15

15

5B

Z1

43

2

51

Pow

erS

ourc

eH

eadl

ight

Cle

aner

Unl

ock

and

Sea

tBel

tWar

ning

Rea

rW

indo

wD

efog

ger

and

Mirr

orH

eate

r

HE

MTR

R–L

W W W

W

W

W

W

W

L L

W

Y–R Y–R R–G R–B R–B

W–B

W–BL

W–B

R–Y R–Y W–B W–B W–B

W–B

Y–L

B W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

R–B

R–B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–Y

W

AA

B

I11

IGN

ITIO

NS

W

40A

AM

1

H2

HEA

DLI

GH

TC

LEA

NE

RR

ELA

YIN

TEG

RAT

ION

RE

LAY

20A

WIP

ER

10A

GA

UG

E

SEATBELTWARNINGLIGHT[COMB.METER]

R–L

DEF

OG

GE

RR

ELAY

ToA/CControlAssembly<24–3>

R10,R11

R12MIRRORHEATERLH

R13MIRRORHEATERRH

40A

DE

FOG

10A

MIR

–HTR

Rig

htki

ckpa

nel

Left

kick

pane

lIn

stru

men

tpa

nelb

race

LH

Left

quar

ter

pilla

r

Inst

rum

ent

pane

lbra

ceLH

Und

erth

ele

ftqu

ater

pilla

r

Fron

trig

htfe

nder

BA

TTE

RY

FLM

AIN

2.0L

H10HEADLIGHTCLEANERSW

ToDaytimeRunningLightRelay<5–2>

D9DOORCOURTESYSWFRONTLH

J5

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

PB

IG

1718

12

34

56

78

910 23

2221

2019

1514

1312

1116

1011

1213

1718

1920

21

12

34

56

78

9

1415

16

ABG

RAY

SEAT

BELT

WAR

NIN

GLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

MET

ER

]

1

R–W

1

AB

REA

RW

IND

OW

DE

FOG

GE

R

1M2

H1HEADLIGHTCLEANERMOTOR

1H5

2

B5BUCKLESW

1

I11UNLOCKWARNINGSW[IGNITIONSW]

5

A1

C17CHOKECOIL

B

F7FUSEBOX

1 100AALT 2

C7B,C8A

R10

R11

C8C

7

1010

W–B

12

1 235 1

NOISEFILTER

AB

REARWINDOWDEFOGGER

1G4

1M1

W–BW–B

1 2B–Y

1 2 3 4

11 LEXUSES300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1

3

2

AM2

1G9

1G3

1E1

1L10

7 IH2

3 EE14 EE1

Bb14

BZ15B

IJ

1G10 1E4

1D7 1D5

F

F

1B4

1C8

1D10

IGIFBM

Ba12

Bc14

44 7

2

2 2 1

I11IGNITION SW

40AAM1

15ASEAT–HTR

S5

SEA

TH

EATE

RS

W( D

river

’s)

S6

SEA

TH

EATE

RS

W( P

asse

nger

’s)

FL MAIN2. 0L

BATT

ER

Y

Rear left fender


S13SEAT HEATER LH(for Seat Back)

S14SEAT HEATER LH(for Seat Cushion)

Right kick panel

S15SEAT HEATER RH(for Seat Back)

S16SEAT HEATER RH(for Seat Cushion)

Under the leftquarter pillar

Left kickpanel


C 5CIGALETTELIGHTER

J2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

A12CLOCK[A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]

15ACIG/RADIO

15AECU–B

From

Fuse

”TA

IL”

<7–

2>

R–L

B–Y

R

W–BW–B W–B W–B W–B

WW

WW

WW

W

RR

B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–R

L–R

L–Y

W–B

W–B G

W–B

W–B

W–B

G

PowerSource Seat Heater Cigarette Lighter and Clock

1M5

F7

FUS

EB

OX

1

100A

ALT

2

1

2

21

HILO

LO HI

HI

LO HI

LO

3 Ba1

2 Bc1

8 IR3

5

2

L–Y

BB

B

L–O

18 IR3

1 Ba1

1 Bc1

1

1

YY

Y

L–O

11 IF1

1 Bb1

1 BZ1

1

1

L–O

L–O

L–O

1 IF1

2 Bb1

3 BZ1

5

L–Y

2

L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

12

B

3

W–B

W–B

3

2

44 W–B

B

B


W–B

BL


12

34

12LE

XUS

ES30

0

4

AC

C

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1

3 2 910

AM2

1G9

2E6

2F2

1E1 3

EE1

4EE

1

30A

AM

240

AA

M1

SH

IFT

LOC

KC

ON

TRO

LSW

SHIF

TLO

CK

SOLE

NO

ID

1G3

1L2

1L9

11IH

2 IJIF

1A7

1

2

1

2

IGIF

21

IGR

ight

kick

pane

l

45

13

43

C

1

C

25

1

2

6

10IM

25

IM2

12

12

SPI

RAL

CAB

LE

3A4

3C18

3D17

3D16

7IH

1

1M1

1C11

1G10

1G8

1E4

1F5

1F9

1F3

15A

EC

U–B

ToDataLinkConnector2(TDCL)<2–3>

ToDataLinkConnector1(CheckConnector)<2–3>

3A14

3C16

1M1

1F1

1M5

1F2

Inst

rum

ent

pane

lbr

ace

LH

Inst

rum

ent

pane

lbr

ace

LH

Left

kick

pane

lLe

ftki

ckpa

nel

7.5A

IGN

15A

ECU

–IG

15A

CIG

/RA

DIO

45

32

1110

138

CC

BA

B

147

69

12

BB

BA

A

B

8IM

3

12IM

1

C

B

W

B–OB–Y

W–R

P–L

W–R

W

W

WW

B

W B

L–B L–B W–B

W–BW–B

W–B

B–R

L–RL–R L–R

B–RB–R

P–L

B–OB–O

W W–R

W–R

B–Y

B–YB–Y

B–Y

Y–B

Y–B

P–B

B–Y

W–R

R–L

R–B

B

W

B

W

B

W

W–B

W–B

LG–R LG–R

W–B

W–B

W–BW–B

R–L

R–BG

–R G

G–W

LL–R

From

Veh

icle

Spee

dSe

nsor

( Spe

edSe

nsor

)<

19–2

>

V–W

J2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

I11

IGN

ITIO

NSW

AC

CIG

SL+

+BS

PD

ES

OL–

SO

L+

S7

SH

IFT

LOC

KE

CU

100AALT

F7FUSEBOX

BA

TTE

RY

FLM

AIN

2.0L

J2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

K3

KEY

INTE

RLO

CK

SO

LEN

OID

20IH

2 FromStopLightSW<6–4>

G–W G–W

KLS

+E

P1 P P2SL–

STP

P2PPSSOLENOID

F1

FRO

NT

AIR

BA

GSE

NS

OR

LH

F2

FRO

NT

AIR

BAG

SEN

SO

RR

HA2

0AI

RB

AGS

QU

IB

ToDataLinkConnector1(CheckConnector)<2–3>

+SL

–SL

+SR

–SR

D+

D–

E1

E2

ACC

IG2

+BLA

TC

P3

PPS

EC

UC

4C

EN

TER

AIR

BAG

SEN

SOR

ASS

EM

BLYJ4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

( for

SRS)

Pow

erS

ourc

eS

hift

Lock

PP

SS

RS

( Sup

plem

enta

lRes

train

tSys

tem

)

12

18 17

C7SRSWARNINGLIGHT[COMB.METER]

IH2

9

B–R

1 2 3 4

13 LEXUSES300

4 EE1

1 2 73 11 8 9 5 42

1

12

3 6 5 2 1 2 1

2F2

1C1

2E7

1I1

44

BK

BW B

W

RR

RGR–L

G–W

R–WR–Y

G–YP

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

OPN CLS UP DWN E LS1 LS2 MTR– MTR+

B IG

1E2

1M1 1K10

18 IH2

4 6 3

8

IG IE

IH217

11 IG1 12 IG1 6 IG1 13 IG1

5 IG1 15 IG1

11 13 7 14 10 12

9 IQ1 10 IQ1 14 IQ1 7 BV1 6 BV1 7 BU1 6 BU1 5 BU1

2 IF13 IF113 IF12 IR1 13 IR1 3 IR1

M1 2

M2 1

5 1

4 2

G R

UP

DO

WN

M2 1

5 1

43

2

G R

UP

DO

WN

M2 1

5 1

43

2

G R

UP

DO

WN

5 BV1

3

L

L

L L

L

LGR

W–B

W–B

G–W R–L L

G–B

R–B

G–Y

R–Y L

L

R–B

G–B

R–B

G–BLR–L

G–WL

G–W R–L

G–B

R–B

G–Y

R–Y L

R–Y

G–Y

R–B

G–B

LL

W–B

W–B R G

30APOWER

POWERMAINRELAY


Left kickpanel

CO

NTR

OL

CIR

CU

IT

P10POWER WINDOWMOTOR FRONT LH

P11POWER WINDOWMOTOR FRONT RH

P13POWER WINDOWMOTOR REAR RH

P12POWER WINDOWMOTOR REAR LH

P6

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SWFR

ON

TR

H

P8

PO

WE

RW

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SWR

EA

RR

H

P7

POW

ERW

IND

OW

CO

NTR

OL

SWR

EAR

LH

P 9POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

UP

DO

WN

WIN

DO

WLO

CK

SW

M

1I5

6

20ADOME

BATTERY

61L

IH218

IQ19

From Theft DeterrentECU<18–4>

To Door Lock ControlSW RH<18–4>

IG17

G–B

L

R–L

L

L

IH25

L

M 1MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

M 2MOON ROOFCONTROL SW

M4

MO

ON

RO

OF

MO

TOR

M3

MO

ON

RO

OF

LIM

ITS

W

L

100A

ALT

F7

FUS

EB

OX

FL MAIN2. 0L

Roof left

L

16 IG1

WB

Power WindowMoon RoofPowerSource

B

OP

EN

CLO

SED

UP

DO

WN

FRONT RH REAR RH REAR LH

5

3

1

2

2

1

UP AUTODOWN

DOWN

111K

3

2


12

34

14LE

XUS

ES30

0

1E2

1H20

2 1K

4E

E1

4BZ

1

IH2

10

5BZ

1

MM

MM

B B BL

4B

a1

IR14

AA

5B

a1 BM

MM

Pow

erS

ourc

eP

ower

Sea

t

W–L

W–L

W–L

W–L

W

R–WR–W

W W B

W–B W–B W–B

L

L–B

L–R

L–W

L–Y

R

R–G

R–B

W–B W–B

L

L–B

R–G

R–B

W–L W–L

58

1211

26

47

78

23

21

12

12

21

12

12

49

105

30A

POW

ER

P14

POW

ERS

EAT

CO

NTR

OL

SW

( forD

iver

’s

Sea

t)

J3

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

NEC

TOR

FLM

AIN

2.0L

BAT

TER

Y

J2JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

Und

erth

ele

ftqu

arte

rpill

ar

P19

( forD

iver

’s

Sea

tS

lide

Con

trol)

P16

( for

Div

er’

sSe

atFr

ontV

ertic

alC

ontro

l)

P17

( forD

iver

’s

Sea

tR

ear

Verti

cal

Con

trol)

P18

( for

Div

er’

sSe

atR

eclin

ing

Mot

orC

ontro

l)

POW

ERSE

AT

MO

TOR

FRONT

REAR

UP

DOWN

UP

DOWN

FRONT

REAR

FRONT

REAR

P15

PO

WE

RS

EAT

CO

NTR

OL

SW( fo

rPas

seng

er’

sS

eat)

P21

( for

Pass

enge

r’s

Sea

tSlid

eC

ontro

l)

P20

( forP

asse

nger

’s

Seat

Rec

linin

gC

ontro

l)

POW

ERSE

AT

MO

TOR

Und

erth

erig

htqu

arte

rpilla

r

REAR

FRONT

F7FUSEBOX

1 100AALT 2

2 1

1 2 3 4

15 LEXUSES300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1

3

2

AM2

1G9

1G3 2F2 1G10

1C1

1E1

1L1 2E7 1L9

1K12

3 EE1

13 IH2 3 IH2 9 IH2

A

A

CC

C

5 IR1 18 IR1 14 IR1

6 IR1 15 IR1

BM

5 IG2 7 IG2

4 BS12 BS1

3 BS1 3 BT1

6 IG2 7 IQ2

6 IQ2 8 IQ2

4 BT1 2 BT1

M M M M

B

B

IJ

3 8 6 1 5 7

1 4 3

5 2 6

2

4 2 2 4

33

L–R

B

P–L

B–YW

W–B

BR–W

BR–Y

LG–R LG–R

LG–B

LG

WW

BB

B–R R L–R

L–RR

B–R

R L–R

L–R

RR

B–R

LG–R

LG–R

LG–R

LG–R

LG–RW

–B

P–L

LG–R

LG–R

P–L

W–B

BR

–W

BR–Y

LG LG–B

LG–B

LGLGLG

–B

W–B

E ANT AMP

IG B ACC

P–L

PowerSource Auto Antenna Remote Control Mirror

I11IGNITION SW40A

AM1

15AECU–IG

20ADOME

15ACIG/RADIO

J5

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

BATTERY

FL MAIN2. 0L

A26AUTO ANTENNA RELAYAND MOTOR

Under the rightquarter pillar

Right kick panel

To Radio and Player<21–1><22–2>

From StereoComportmentAmplifier<21–1><22–1>

B E H1 V1 C V2 H2

UP

DOWN

RIGHT

LEFT

UP

DOWN

RIGHT

LEFT

RH

LH

J2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

R12REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH

R13REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH

B P–L

B

R 3REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW

F7

FUSE

BOX

1

100A

ALT

2

2

1


12

34

16LE

XUS

ES30

0

4

ACC

IG1

ST1 IG2

ST2

AM

12

AM

2

3EE

14

EE1

7EB

13

EB1

3IM

33

IM3

3B

1B

6 A

5A

1A

4B

2B

11A SR

23A MR

24A R–

4B D/G

5A TC

15B TS

13B W

13ASFL

1A

SFR

26A

SRR

14ASR

L

18AAST

6AMT

15A

GN

D

2A

GN

D

22AFL

–

9AFL

+

10AFS

S

1G9

3C17

3C13

3D17

3D16

3C3

2IO

2

1E1

1A

SFR

4A

SFL

3A

SR

R

6A

SRL

2A

AST

5A

MT

4B

+BS

1B

GN

D

3B

+BM

EA

6IO

27

IO2

5IO

2

1G3

1E4

3C16

3B11

1D6

1A7

1D4

3C15

3B2

3A10

3D8

12 3C

19 3C

2 A1 B

3AFR

–

16AFR

+

1BRL–

9BRL+

7B

RS

S

16BRR

–

8BRR

+

14B PK

B

25A BA

T

12A IG1

6B STP

1IO

24

IO2

12II1

19II1

6II1

5IP

16

IP1

4IP

1

M

212

1

C C

G–W

G–B

W–L

W

W–B

W–B

W–R

L–W

G–W

L–R

G–R

R

R–W

W–B

G

R

BR

B

W

G

R

BR

BR

BR

Y Y

BR

R

G

R

G

W–B

W–R

W

GR–L

W–R

GR–G

WW–LW–L

B–Y

W

W W

W

W–L

W

W

GR–R

G–W

G–W

GR–R

LG–R

G–W

R–G

LG–RLG–R

G–BG–B

R–G

LG–R

Y–B Y–B

R–L

B–R

L–Y

R–W R–W

L–Y

B–RB–R

L–Y

BR

BR

W–B

G–B

W–B

W–B

WB

–Y W

B–Y

W

R–L

From

Sto

pLi

ght

SW<

6–4>

ToDataLinkConnector1(CheckConnector)

<2–4>

FromDataLinkConnector1(CheckConnector)

<2–4>

ToDataLinkConnector1(CheckConnector)

<2–3>

ToDataLinkConnector2

(TDCL)<2–3>

From

Dat

aLi

nkC

onne

ctor

1( C

heck

Con

nect

or)

<2–

4>

From

Dat

aLi

nkC

onne

ctor

2( T

DC

L)<

2–3>

ToParkingBrakeSW<19–3>

15A

EC

U–B

15A

ECU

–IG

10A

GAU

GE

Fron

trig

htfe

nder

40A

AM

1

60AABS

100AALT

F7FUSEBOX

I11

IGN

ITIO

NS

W

ABSRELAY

J4JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

FLM

AIN

2.0L

BAT

TER

Y

W–B

ABS

ACTU

ATO

R

( SH

IELD

ED)

( SH

IELD

ED)

( SH

IELD

ED)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

( SH

IELD

ED

)( S

HIE

LDE

D)

BR

11

22

22

11

A8

AB

SS

PEE

DS

ENSO

RFR

ON

TLH

A9

ABS

SPEE

DS

EN

SO

RFR

ON

TR

H

A24

ABS

SPEE

DS

EN

SO

RR

EAR

LH

A25

AB

SS

PEE

DS

ENSO

RR

EAR

RH

ABS

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[CO

MB

.M

ETE

R]

Pow

erS

ourc

eA

BS

( An

ti–L

ock

Bra

ke

Sy

ste

m)

ABS

RE

LAY

1 452

3 6

AB

SE

CU

12

34

67

89

1011

1415

1617

1824

512 25

2620

1921

2223

13

12

34

56

78 16

1514

1312

1110

9

BA

AG

RAY

DAR

KG

RA

Y

DAR

KG

RA

Y

12

3

45

6

21 3

4

AB

GR

AYBL

ACK

AB

SA

CTU

ATO

R

2A

4A

7 3C

1718

12

34

56

78

910 23

2221

2019

1514

1312

1116

1011

1213

1718

1920

21

12

34

56

78

9

1415

16A B

ABS

WA

RN

ING

LIG

HT

[CO

MB.

ME

TER

]

B

A6B,A7AA

7

A18

A19

A4

A5

C7

C8

C7

A,C

8B

2 1

12

34

BG

RAY

A6

A18

A,A

19B

ABS

ECU

A4

A,A

5B

3IM

1

R–G

1 2 3 4

17 LEXUSES300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

AM2

1G9

1G3

1A7 1D6

1E1 3B16

3C16

3 EE14 EE1

83B

3B9

1 A

4 B

3B5

3C18

143B

11M

111C

IG

1E4

3D8 3C19 3D16

1A12

3B12 3B13 3B15

8 IM3

17 IM3 5 IM1

4

33B18

3B17 3B7

2

17 IO1 8 IO1 9 IO1 3 IO1 2 IO1 1 IO1

52D2A

3

EB

193B

M

10

4

20 2

1211262524218413

14 5

1715

1

1 15 3

1 2 3 7 6 5

92223816

From

Engi

neC

ontro

lMod

ule

( Eng

ine

and

Elec

troni

cC

ontro

lled

Tran

smis

sion

ECU

)<

3–2>

B–Y

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B W–B

WWW

WW

B

W–B W

–L W B

L L–B

L–R

R–B

R–G

G–B

R–Y

R–Y

R–G

R–BL–R

L–BL

BB

B–W

W–B

W–B

B–R

B–R R

–L

G–L

G–L

G–L

G–R

G–R

G–R R–W

G–W

G–W

R–W

V–Y

LG–R

LG–R

LG–R

LL

P–L

V–R

Y–B

W

20

I11IGNITION SW

40AAM1

15AECU–IG

10AGAUGE

25ASTOP

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TRO

LIN

DIC

ATO

RLI

GH

T[C

OM

B.

ME

TER

]

FL MAIN2. 0L

BATTERY

C11CRUISE CONTROLSW[COMB. SW]

C13

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TRO

LC

LUTC

HS

W

D5

DIO

DE

( for

Cru

ise

Con

trol)


ToS

tarte

rR

elay

<1–

2>

ToP

arki

ngBr

ake

SW<

19–3

>

From

Sto

pLi

ght

SW<

6–4>

From

Veh

icle

Spe

edSe

nsor

( Spe

edSe

nsor

) <19

–2>

ToD

ata

Link

Con

nect

or1

( Che

ckC

onne

ctor

) <2–

3>

ToE

ngin

eC

ontro

lMod

ule

( Eng

ine

and

Elec

troni

cC

ontro

lled

Tran

smis

sion

ECU

( A/T

) ,En

gine

EC

U( M

/T))

<2–

8><

3–4>

S12STOP LIGHTSW

C2

CR

UIS

EC

ON

TRO

LA

CTU

ATO

R

Front left fender

GND CMS CCS N&C VR1 VR2 VR3 MC MO L

B PI STP+ BATT PKB STP– SPD TC IDL ECT OD

PowerSource Cruise Control

ToD

ata

Link

Con

nect

or2

( TD

CL)

<2–

3>

( A/T

)

( A/T

)

C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU

17 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

23222120191514131211 16

543216 7 8 9 10 1112

A

B

CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

BLUE

RESUME/ACCEL

SET/COAST

CANCEL

MAI

N

F7

FUSE

BO

X

1

100A

ALT

2

W

C 8

C 9

C8

A,C

9B

2

1

( M/T

)


12

34

18LE

XUS

ES30

0( C

ont.

next

page

)

4

AC

C

IG1

ST1 IG2

ST2

AM

1

3 2

AM

2

1G9

1G10

1G3

2F2

1C1

1E2

1E1

1L1

1L9

2E5

2F7

1K12

1K2

3E

E14

EE1

17IF

116

IF1

18IF

117

IR1

16IR

121

IR1

A IG

B

AC

C

A

ACT–

A

AC

T+

B

LSW

R

A

DS

WP

3IH

211

IH3

5IO

3

13IH

29

IH2

4IO

3

64

M 57

8B

V13

BV1

2B

V119

IG1

14IG

110

IG1

16IQ

118

IQ1

6IQ

1

4BU

116

IG1

4B

V119

IQ1

IJB

LB

MIE

IJ

41

M

12

6

1

M 25

64

M 57

21

A

LSW

D 11

A

LSW

P 7

A

DS

WD

AL2

17

AUL2 18

AUL3 10

AL1

14

AUL1 15

4 B SH

8 A +B2

20 A +B

5 B

HEA

D

13

B

TAIL

1

A

SR

LY

8 B

PRLY

10 B

DSW

L

6 A

KS

W

9 A IND

19 A

TSW

12

B

DSW

H

5 A TO

1 B

LUG

BA

BA

2

13

4

12

7IQ

18

IQ1

1IG

12

IG1

8B

U1

3B

U1

2BU

1

12IH

210

16 A

FromHeadlightRelay<4–2><5–1>

FromTaillightRelay<6–1>

FromStarterRelay<1–2>

ToPowerMainRelay<13–2>

ToLuggageCompartmentLightSW<8–4>

ToDoorOpenDetectionSW<8–4>

ToD

oorO

pen

Det

ectio

nSW

<8–

4>

20A

DO

ME

30A

PO

WE

R

15A

HA

ZH

OR

N

15A

CIG

/R

ADIO

15A

EC

U–I

G

Rig

htki

ckpa

nel

Left

kick

pane

lU

ndre

rth

erig

htqu

arte

rpi

llar

Und

rert

hele

ftqu

arte

rpilla

rR

ight

kick

pane

l

BB

LOCK

UNLOCK

LOCK

UNLOCK

4

From

Pow

erM

ain

Rel

ay<

13–3

>

P–L

R L–B

L–B

W–L

R–B

L–R

L–B

W

B

P–L

B–Y

WR

YP

L–Y

L–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B

R

W

L–B

L–B

R–L

L–Y

B

L

G–W

Y

P

Y–L

R–L

G

P–B

W–B

L–B

L–R

L–B

L–R

R–B

B–R

L–R

W

W–L

W–L

R

R

R

W–L

R–B

G–R

B–Y

G–B

R–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–Y

L–R

L–B

L–B

L–R

R–B

L–B

L–R

P

L–B

L–R

Y

P–BG

P–B

G

Y–R

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

L–B

L–B

R–B

L–R

L–B

L–B

B B

W

WW W W

L–Y

L–B

L–R

R–B

R–W

L

L–R

R–W

L–R

Y

P–B

G

P–B

G

L–R

P

W–L

R

W–L

34

212

27

I11

IGN

ITIO

NS

W

40A

AM1

B–R

L–R

E

L–Y

J3

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

T1THEFTDETERRENTHORN

100AALT

F7FUSEBOX

BAT

TER

Y

FLM

AIN

2.0L

W–B

W–B

W–B

D20DOORLOCKMOTOR,DOORUNLOCKANDOPENDETECTIONSWREARLH

D21DOORLOCKMOTOR,DOORUNLOCKANDOPENDETECTIONSWREARRH

D18DOORLOCKMOTOR,DOORUNLOCKANDOPENDETECTIONSWFRONTLH

D19DOORLOCKMOTOR,DOORUNLOCKANDOPENDETECTIONSWFRONTRH

11 B

HO

RNFromHornRelay<9–4>

G–B

P9POWERWINDOWMASTERSWANDDOORLOCKCONTROLSWLH

D17DOORLOCKCONTROLSWRH

Pow

erS

ourc

eTh

eftD

eter

rent

and

Doo

rLo

ck

THEF

TD

ETE

RR

ENT

AN

DD

OO

RLO

CK

EC

U

J2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

T3

A,T

4B

R–G

W–B

5 2

2 1

3 6

3

4

1BU

1

6IF

18

IR1

1BV

1

B

CTY 3

R–B

W–B

W–B

L–YL–Y L–Y

L–Y

R–B

L–Y

L–Y

L–B

13

5 6 7 8

18 LEXUSES300(Cont’ d)

5 IF1 15 IF1 12 IH3

2 IH3

10 IJ121 IF1 9 IF1 6 IF1 20 IF1 8 IF1

19 IH2

3 BY1 11 IO310 BY1 8 IG1

1 IJ1

1K14

1G2

2

1

2

1

2

1

5

6

5

13D6

1G41C11

3C18

1M1 1M1

BO EB IE IG BL

16 IG1

M

1

2

14 IF110 IF1

7

GND

10

CTY

5

L

4

VL

2

LSW2

8

FSSR

3

LSWD

6

KSW

1

+B

A

A

1

2

Y–L

Y–R

3

21

3

21

4 IG1 3 IG1 5 IQ1 11 IQ1

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

LOC

K

UN

LOC

K

Y–R

Y–R Y–

L

R–L

W–B

W–B

Y–R R–L

R

L–B

L–B

Y

Y–L

Y–R

W–B

Y P L–Y

Y–L

Y–R

G–W L B L–Y

R–Y L–B

R

L–BYPL–Y

Y–L

Y–R

G–W L B

R–Y

R

W–B

R–L

Y–R

Y–L

L–Y P Y L–B

R–Y

R–Y

W–B

W–B

R–L

W–B

RBL

G–W

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W

–B

W–B

W–B W–B

R–Y

R–W

R

L–B

L–B

L1

LUG

GA

GE

CO

MP

ARTM

ENT

DO

OR

OP

ENER

MAI

NS

W

R5

THE

FTD

ETE

RR

EN

TIN

DIC

ATO

RLI

GH

T

D16

DO

OR

KEY

LOC

KA

ND

UN

LOC

KS

WR

H

D15

DO

OR

KEY

LOC

KA

ND

UN

LOC

KS

WLH

L5

LUG

GAG

EC

OM

PA

RTM

EN

TKE

YU

NLO

CK

SW

L3

LUG

GAG

EC

OM

PA

RTM

EN

TD

OO

RO

PE

NE

RM

OTO

R

E5

EN

GIN

EH

OO

DC

OU

RTE

SY

SW

L4

FUEL

LID

OPE

NE

RS

W

Back panelfender

Front leftfender

Left kickpanel

Instrument panelbrace RH

Under the leftquater pillar


To Door CourtesySW Rear LH<8–2>

W 7WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU

W6

WIR

ELES

SD

OO

RLO

CK

MA

INSW

1 32 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

643217 8 9 10 11 12 14

513

A

B

ORANGE

ORANGE

THEFT DETERRENT ANDDOOR LOCK ECU

Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Wireless Door LockRemote Control

R–L

I11

UN

LOC

KW

AR

NIN

GS

W

T 3

T 4

1

Y–R


12

34

19LE

XUS

ES30

0

1G3

3D10

1G9

3D13

1D131D

6

3D22

1E1

II1II1

II1

IJ1

IJ1

14IM

1

3E

E1

6IM

3

C

CC

CC

CC

CC

BB

BB

BB

BB

BB

BB

A

AA

A

2AA

A

4

ACC

IG1

ST1 IG2

ST2

AM

12

AM

2

10 3B

IM32

3D12

1D12

1M5

1C8

12

32

33

21

ECIF

ED

2

1

1

1

F F21

IM3

BW1

BW

1B

W1

IM3

IM3

16IM

38

IM1

IJ1

1

1

A

AA

AA

B

CC

CC

CA

B

BB

BB

B

IG1C11

3D6

3A10

1M1

3C18

3D8 4

IH1

1

114

155

74

92

2122

109

815

1319

2019

912

1623

617

[5

42

45

63

181

78

78

212

1311

141

R–L

B–Y

R–Y

R–Y

G–B

BR

R–W

R–W

R–L

R–L

R–L R–L

V–Y

V–Y

W–B W–B W–B

R–WR–W

W–B W–B W–B

V–R

Y–G

G–B

V–R

Y–G

BRB–YY–R

V–R

Y–G

G

G–B

B

G–B

G

B

P

LG

B

BRBR

Y–G

BR

Y–G

BR

Y–R

Y–L

Y–B

Y–R

Y–L

BR

Y–B

Y–R

Y–L

BR

W W W B

I11

IGN

ITIO

NSW

B–Y

100AALT

F7FUSEBOX

FLM

AIN

2.0L

518

11

34

R–Y R–Y

V–Y

10A

GAU

GE

40A

AM

1

ToPPSECU<12–2>ToEngineControlModule(EngineandElectronicControlledTransmissionECU(A/T),EngineECU(M/T))<2–7><3–3>

ToCruiseControlECU<17–3>

SeeInteriorLightSystem<8–3>

SeeChargingSystem<1–4>

SeeTurnSignalandHazardWarningSystem<9–4>

SeeA/TIndicatorSystem<3–6>

SeeHeadlightSystem<4–2>

SeeSRSSystem<12–4>

SeeA/TIndicatorSystem<3–6>

RH

EO

STA

T

See

Illum

inat

ion

Sys

tem

<7–

4>

POWER

L

2

D

SRS

HIGHBEAM

N

R

P

TURNLH

TURNRH

BULBCHECK

BRAKE

SeeSRSSystem<12–4>

SeeHeadlightSystem<4–2>

From

Day

time

Run

ning

Ligh

tR

elay

<5–

2> FromDaytimeRunningLightRelay<5–2>

( *2)

(*1)

Inst

rum

ent

pane

lbr

ace

LH

Left

kick

pane

lP4PARKINGBRAKESW

From

Cru

ise

Con

trolE

CU

<17

–3>

From

ABS

EC

U<

16–4

>

J1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

B2BRAKEFLUIDLEVELSW

E6ENGINEOILLEVELWARNINGSW

SeeChargingSystem<1–4>

SeeInteriorLightSystem<8–3>

2

1411

Inta

kem

anifo

ldR

H

T5

TRIP

SW

V3VEHICLESPEEDSENSOR(SPEEDSENSOR)

FromIgniter<1–3>

SHORTCONNECTOR

CHARGE

OILLEVEL

PEARLIGHT

DOOR

OD

DM

ETER

SPEED

TACHO

WATERTEMP.

ABS

O/DOFF

(*3)SEATBELT

OIL

FUEL

CRUISECONTROL

BATTERY

52

13

W2WATERTEMP.SENDER

F15FUELSENDER

O1OILPRESSURESW

SeeUnlockandSeatBeltWarningSystem<10–2>

SeeEngineControlSystem<2–3>

SeeCruiseControlSystem<17–2>SeeElectronicControlledTransmissionandA/TIndicatorSystem<3–5>SeeABSSystem<16–3>

Inta

kem

anifo

ldLH

Pow

erS

ourc

eC

om

bin

ati

on

Me

ter

*2:

US

A*1

:C

anad

a

SH

OR

TC

ON

NEC

TOR

C

A

54

32

1 67

89

1011

12

1718

12

34

56

78

910 23

2221

2019

1514

1312

1116

1011

1213

1718

1920

21

12

34

56

78

9

1415

16

CO

MB

INAT

ION

ME

TER

C

A B

BLU

E

GR

AY

FUEL

CO

MBI

NA

TIO

NM

ETE

R

( *1)

1A

1B

S8A,S9B

C9

C8

C7

S8

S9

C7

C,C

8B

,C9

A

1 2

17II1 Y–GY–GToLightFailure

Sensor<6–3>

1 2 1 2

B

11

18

B–WFrom”STARTER”Fuse<1–3>

IM3

B–W

*3:

Mal

func

tion

Indi

cato

rLam

p( C

heck

Eng

ine

War

ning

Ligh

t)

1 2 3 4

20 LEXUSES300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

AM2

1A13 1G9

5

1E1

5

12 IO313 IH2

5 IR1 2 IP1

3 EE1

10 EC1

10 B

IG

9 B

+B

11 B

GND

11 A

REG

6 A

C

1 A

R

8 A

AGND

7 A

RGND

2 A

RX

8 B

LGND

3 B

T

7 B

TGND

2 B

TX

6 B

MIC–

9 IR3 11 IR3 7 IR3 17 IR3 16 IR3 6 IR3 1 IR3 3 IR3 2 IR3 10 IR33 IP1

2

REG

4

C

5

R

6

AGND

8

RX

1

LGND

3

T

7

TX

11

PH–

BM

1 B

MIC+

4 A

MUTE

1 IP1 20 IR1

3

PH+

W W

W WRB–R

B–R R

RB–R

Y B BR R L

Y–B

[

YOR

R–W

W–B

WW

B

Y B BR R LYOR

R–W

W–B

Y–B

[

15ATEL

10AGAUGE


BATTERY

40AAM1

543216 7 8 9 10 11 12

2357891012

411

16

A B


1

2

FL MAIN2. 0L

100A

ALT

F7

FUS

EB

OX

From

Rad

ioan

dP

laye

r<

21–1

><

22–2

>

PowerSource Cellular Mobile Telephone

I11IGNITION SW

C 3CELLULAR PHONE(Hand Set)

C11TELEPHONEMICROPHONE[COMB. SW]


T 6 A , T 7 B

T 6 T 75

6

( SH

IELD

ED)

( SH

IELD

ED)

( SH

IELD

ED)

( SH

IELD

ED)

( SH

IELD

ED)

( SH

IELD

ED)

B

BLUE

2

1

3 2

4 1

IG

1C1

1M1

1H2

3 1G

15AECU–IG

1 1L

2 2F

20ADOME

7 2F

10

1I12INTEGRATION RELAY

4

W–B

See

Hea

dlig

htSy

stem

<4–

1><

5–2>

See

Tailli

ghtS

yste

m<

6–1>

DIO

DE

See

Inte

rior

Ligh

tS

yste

m<

8–2>

See

Hea

dlig

htS

yste

m<

4–1>

<5–

2>

See

Tailli

ght

Syst

em<

6–1>

B

B

B

R

BB–Y

Light Auto Turn Off

Q SR

Q RS

Rear left fender


12

34

21LE

XUS

ES30

0

4

AC

C

IG1

ST1 IG2

ST2

AM1

2

AM2

1G9

1G10

1L9

1E1

10A

3A

1A

4A

5A

7A

6A

12A

13A

14A

15A

11A

10B

14B

13B

12B

4B

2B

7B

11B

1B

6B

12B

5B

9B

10B

8B

3B

4A

11A

3A

6EB

1

9IH

2

3E

E1

21

10A

6A

15A

9A

8A

A1

A12

A13

A

11B

6B

5B

4B

1B

7B

7A

16A

5A

14A

5 5

CCC

19IO

1

4IH

35

B12

B

5A

12A

14IR

313

IR3

7IR

119

IR1

13IQ

112

IQ1

IQ2

IQ2

9IG

215

IG2

11

12

22

22

22

11

11

IH

CC

C

GYRWBLBR

P–L

L–R

GR

10

8 A

Y–B

P–L

GR

L–R L–R

BR

L

B

W

R

R

W

B

L

BR

P–L

L–R

GR

GRRR

R

W W

R R

W W

R

GR

GR

R

WW–B

W–B

L

LG

W

BR–R

G–W

BR

L–Y

LG–B

V

LG

BR

P

L

W–B

LG–B

L–Y

BR

G–W

BR–R

W

B

Y

P

V

B

Y

V

P

LG L

P V

B

Y

P

V

B

Y

V

P

L

LG

V

P

L

LG

W–B

W–B

W

BR–R

G–W

BR

L–Y

LG–B

V

LG

P

L

W–B

BRBRBR BR

V

LG

P

L

W–B

IR210

IR25

IR212

IR26

IR21

IR23

IR28

IR22

IR27

IR211

IR24

IR29

BX2 13

BX2 8

BX

2 7

BX2 10

BX2 6

BX2 4

BX

2 5

BX2 2

BX2 1

BX

2 11

BX2 2

BX2 9

IR38

IR314

IR315

IR35

IG2 8

IG2 14

15A

CIG

/RA

DIO

40A

AM1

20A

RAD

IO

B

B–Y

L–RL–R

B

W W W B B

B

B

ToAutoAntennaRelayandMotor<15–2>

FromAutoAntennaRelayandMotor<15–2>

ToTelephoneTransceiverandSpeakerRelay<20–4>

L–R

P–LP–L

W

LG–R

BR

ToLuggageCompartmentLightSW<8–4>

R–W

FLM

AIN

2.0L

BATTERY

CD

AU

TOM

ATI

CC

HAN

GE

R

100AALT

F7FUSEBOX

Inst

rum

entp

anel

brac

eR

H

R8

LHR

9R

HF1

0FR

ON

TD

OO

RS

PEAK

ERLH

F8

LHF

9R

HF1

2LH

F13

RH

RE

ARSP

EAK

ERFR

ON

TSQ

UA

WKE

R( S

PEA

KER

)FR

ON

TTW

EE

TER

( SP

EAKE

R)

11

871

2

F11

FRO

NT

DO

OR

SPE

AKE

RR

H

TELEPHONETRANSCEIVERANDSPEAKERRELAY

J3JUNCTIONCONNECTOR

I11

IGN

ITIO

NSW

54

32

1 67

89

1011

122

13

45

67

89

1011

1213

1415

16

AB

AB

STER

EOC

PM

PON

EN

TAM

PLI

FIER

RA

DIO

AN

DPL

AYE

R

64

32

1 78

910

1112

145 13

54

32

1 67

89

1011

12

B

TELE

PHO

NE

TRA

NS

CE

IVER

AND

SPE

AKER

RE

LAY

Rad

ioan

dP

laye

r(w

/CD

Cha

nger

)P

ower

Sou

rce

J2

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

2

STE

REO

CO

MP

ON

ENT

AM

PLI

FIE

RR

ADIO

AND

PLA

YER

T6

R1

R2

S10

S11

R1

A,R

2B

S10

A,S

11B

T6B,T7A

( SH

IELD

ED

)

23

57

89

1012

4 111 6

AT

7

7A

9A

2A

6A

8A

1A

5A

3A

4A

2B

6B

1B

3B

C15

A,C

16B

12

34

56

78

910

12

34

56

AC

15B

C16

CD

AU

TOM

ATI

CC

HAN

GE

R

2 1

(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)

12

34

56

7

89

1011

1213

1415

B

1 2 3 4

22 LEXUSES300

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1 2

AM2

1G9

1G10

1L9

1E1

10 B 14 B 13 B 12 B

4 A 11 A 3 A

6 EB1

9 IH2

3 EE1

2

1

10 A 6 A 15 A 9 A 8A A 1 A 12 A 13 A

11 B 6 B 5 B 4 B 1 B 7 B 7 A 16 A 5 A 14 A

5

5

C C

C

19 IO1

4 IH3 5 B 12 B

5 A 12 A

14 IR3 13 IR3

7 IR1 19 IR1

13 IQ2 12 IQ2

IQ2IQ2

9 IG215 IG2

1 1 1 2 2 2 22 2 2 1 1 1 1

IH

CC

C

G

Y

R

W

B

L

BR

P–L

L–R

GR

10

LG–R

P–L

GR

L–R

L–R

BR L B W R R W B L BR

P–L

L–R

GR

GR

RR

R WWR

R WWR

GR

GR

R WW

–B

W–B

L

LG

B Y P V B Y V P

LGL

PV

B Y P V B Y V P L LG

V P L LG

W–B

W–B

IR3

8

IR3

14

IR3

15

IR3

5

IG2

8

IG2

14

15ACIG/RADIO

40AAM1

20ARADIO

B

B–Y

L–R

L–R

B WW

WB

B

B

B

ToA

uto

Ant

enna

Rel

ayan

dm

otor

<15

–2>

From

Aut

oAn

tenn

aR

elay

and

Mot

or<

15–2

>

ToTe

leph

one

Tran

scei

ver

and

Spe

aker

Rel

ay<

20–4

>L–R

P–L

P–L

W

Y–B

FL MAIN2. 0L

BAT

TER

Y

100A

ALT

F7

FUS

EBO

X

Instrument panelbrace RH

R 8LH

R 9RH

F10FRONT DOORSPEAKER LH

F 8LH

F 9RH

F12LH

F13RH

REAR SPEAKER FRONT SQUAWKER(SPEAKER)


11

8

71 2

F11FRONT DOORSPEAKER RH

TELE

PH

ON

ETR

AN

SC

EIV

ERAN

DS

PEAK

ER

REL

AY


I11IGNITION SW

21 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A B


643217 8 9 10 11 12 14

513

2357891012

411

16

543216 7 8 9 10 1112

A

B

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ANDSPEAKER RELAY

Radio and Player(w/o CD Changer)PowerSource


4 3 1 5 6 7 12 13 14 15 11

8 10 2


R 1RADIO AND PLAYER

(SHIELDED)

S10 A , S11 B

T6

B,T

7A

S10 S11

2

1

T 7

T 6


12

34

23LE

XUS

ES30

0

4

AC

C

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1

2

AM2

+BE

W+1

+2+S

B1

W+2

SIN

TIN

T2

OFF

MIS

T

INT

LOW

HIG

H

WA

SHE

R

1 2

12 M

3EE

1

17IO

1

1G3

1G9

1E1

1M2

M3

25

6

15IO

116

IO1

14IO

1

2IO

33

IO3

6IO

31

IO3

7IO

38

IO3

23

41

5 M

IG

34

110

125

613

89

14

7

6

IO1

11

12IO

1

167

134

86

14

18

L

L

B–Y

L–W

L

L–W

L–B

L–B

LB–Y

W W W B

W–B

L–B

L–O

L–Y

L–O

L–W

W–G

LG–R

L–WLL

L

L

LG–R

W–G

L–W

L–B

R–B

R

Y–G

G–R

R–L

R–Y

W–B

L–B

R–B

R

Y–G

G–R

R–L

R–Y

W–B

L–Y

L–B

W–B

Inst

rum

entp

anel

brac

eLH

20A

WIP

ER

40A

AM

1

100AALT

F7FUSEBOX

FLM

AIN

2.0L

BATT

ERY

W4

WIP

ERM

OTO

R

W1

WAS

HE

RM

OTO

R

C1

+2S

W+1

PA1

PA2

PA3

CO

M/F

M/B

E

W3

WIP

ER

AN

GLE

CO

NTR

OL

MO

TOR

+B

W5

WIP

ERC

ON

TRO

LR

ELAY

I11

IGN

ITIO

NSW

C11WIPERANDWASHERSW[COMB.SW]

Pow

erS

ourc

eW

iper

and

Was

her

1C11

1M1

3C6

3C18

W–B

2 1

RELAY Left

kick

pane

lIF


12

34

24LE

XUS

ES30

0( C

ont.

next

page

)

4

ACC

IG1

ST1

IG2

ST2

AM1

3 2

AM2

1G9

41G

3

1E1

41B

6

44

44

4

45

31

2

4EE

13

EE1

7IM

3

12 M

1IK

1

5IK

1

6IK

1

CC

C

C

IIIG

2IK

1

1G10

1D7

1D5

4IK

1

17 3C17 3D

CC

35

21

IK13

IL11 IL12 IL13 IL14 IL15

IL16 IL17

18 B 5 B 1 A 2 A 5 A 22 B 6 B 8 B 9 B 7 B 16 B 15 B 13 B 12 B 11 B 4 A

3 B4 B10 C2 B 1 B9 C8 C1 C7 C5 C2 C3 C6 C20 B10 B17 B19 B

21B23 B8 A

1E4

32

41

TC

DO

UT

IG–

ACT

PSW

MG

C

LOC

KIN TE

TAM TR SG TW S5 TS TP

AM

C

AM

H

TPI

AIR

AIF

DE

F

F/D

FOO

T

B/L

FAC

E

1 2 3 4 5

6 7

R–L

R–L

LG–B B

LG–R

L–Y

W–L

L–W

B–R

G–Y

W–R

Y–B L W B

–Y P O L–Y R R

–L

L–O

L–B

L–R L

L–W

R–Y

B–Y

L–B R

G–W

L–W

B–W Y–W

W–GLG

–R

R–L

L–R

L–Y

Y–L

B–Y

R–L

R–L

R–L

L–R

R–L

B–Y

W

W

W

W B

WW

W

W

P–L

W

B–Y

P–L

W

R–L

R–L

R–L L

B B–W R R

Y

BR

B

W–B W–B

R–L

W–B

G

L–W

Y–B

Y–B

W–B

R–L

L

R–L

W–BW–B

R

12

I11

IGN

ITIO

NS

W

40A

HE

ATER

10A

GAU

GE

15A

CIG

/R

ADIO

15A

EC

U–B

40A

AM1

HEA

TER

MAI

NR

ELA

Y

J1

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

EC

TOR

J4

JUN

CTI

ON

CO

NN

ECTO

R

FLM

AIN

2.0L

BA

TTE

RY

Rig

htki

ckpa

nel

Inst

rum

ent

pane

lbra

ceLH

A14A/CPOWERTRANSISTOR

E12EXTRAHIGHSPEEDRELAY

A23

AIR

VEN

TM

OD

EC

ON

TRO

LS

ERVO

MO

TOR

B3BLOWERMOTOR

ToEngineControlModule(EngineandElectronicControlledTransmissionECU(A/T),EngineECU(M/T))<2–7>

FromDefoggerRelay<10–3>

From

Rhe

osta

tV

olum

e<7–

4>

From

Dat

aLi

nkC

onne

ctor

2( T

DC

L)<

2–3>

From

Igni

ter<

1–3>

From

Engi

neC

ontro

lMod

ule

( Eng

ine

and

Ele

ctro

nic

Con

trolle

dTr

ansm

issi

onE

CU

( A/T

) ,E

ngin

eE

CU

( M/T

)) <2–

7>

A/CCONTROLASSEMBLY

Pow

erS

ourc

eA

utom

atic

Air

Con

ditio

ning

R–L

W–B

B

IG E

AC1

RD

FGR

+B ACC

IG+

DIN

HR

VM BLW

FR DE

F

F/D

FOO

T

B/L

FAC

E

GN

D

ToD

ata

Link

Con

nect

or2(

TDC

L)<

2–3>

1718

12

34

56

78

910 23

2221

2019

1514

1312

1116

12

34

56

78

911

10

B C

A/C

CO

NTR

OL

ASSE

MB

LY

F7FUSEBOX

1 100AALT 2

BR

A10B,A12A

A10

A11

B–W

Y–W

1 2

12

34

56

78

AA1

2

C ,A11

21

B4BLOWERRESISTOR(forLowSpeed)

BR

R–L

W–B

5 6 7 8

24 LEXUSES300(Cont’ d)

2 1

IH18

IH114

M

1

2

1

2

2

1

9 IO3

5 IO1 6 IO1

4 IM3

4 EB1

10 IO3

9 IM3

4 IO1

5 5

5 5

1

2

3

5

4

EB

FRE

SHR

ECIR

C

M

WA

RM

CO

OL

1 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 1

2 1

1

2

2 1

R–L

L–Y

W–L

L–W

B–R

G–Y

W–R

Y–B

L

W

B–Y

P

O

L–Y

R

R–L

W L W L

L

Y–B

W–R

R–L

R

L–Y

O

P

B–Y

W–R

W–R

R–L

L–Y

W–L

L–W

B–R

G–Y

W–R

R L–Y

W–R L O P B–Y

W–R L

W–R

B–W

R–L

R–L

W–B

R–L

B–WW–L

B–R

W–R

W–RW

–R

W–R

G–Y

L–W

W–L

R–L

W–B

L–Y

R–L

LL

Automatic Air Conditioning

R–L R–L

A17A/C THERMISTER(Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor)

A15A/C SOLARSENSOR

A13

A/C

RO

OM

TEM

P.

SEN

SOR

A21AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A22AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A1

A/C

AMB

IEN

TTE

MP

.S

ENSO

R

A16

A/C

EVP

OR

ATO

RTE

MP

.S

ENSO

R

A/C

MAG

NET

ICC

LUTC

HR

ELA

Y

A2

A/C

DU

AL

PRES

SUR

ESW

Front left fender

A 3A/C MAGUNETIC CLUTCHAND LOCK SENSOR

W–R

W–R

3

L–Y

W–L

W–R W–R

W–R

L

FOREWORD - V6 Mr2 ES300 1993 Workshop Manual...1 FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been...

Documents

Transcript of FOREWORD - V6 Mr2 ES300 1993 Workshop Manual...1 FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been...